COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR THE TREATMENT OF HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS
20230079107 · 2023-03-16
Inventors
- Allen Borchardt (San Diego, CA, US)
- Thomas P. Brady (San Diego, CA, US)
- Zhi-Yong Chen (La Jolla, CA, US)
- Quyen-Quyen Thuy DO (San Diego, CA, US)
- Wanlong Jiang (San Diego, CA)
- Leslie W. Tari (Solana Beach, CA, US)
Cpc classification
A61K47/55
HUMAN NECESSITIES
C07K2319/31
CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
A61K45/06
HUMAN NECESSITIES
A61K47/64
HUMAN NECESSITIES
A61K47/643
HUMAN NECESSITIES
C07K2319/30
CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
International classification
A61K47/64
HUMAN NECESSITIES
A61K47/55
HUMAN NECESSITIES
Abstract
Compositions and methods for the treatment of viral infections include conjugates containing inhibitors of viral gp120 receptor (e.g., temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ-ll-121, BNM-IV-147, or analogs thereof) linked to an Fc monomer, an Fc domain, and Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or albumin-binding peptide. In particular, conjugates can be used in the treatment of viral infections (e.g., HIV infections).
Claims
1. A conjugate described by any one of formulas (D-I), (M-I), (1), or (2): ##STR00506## wherein each A.sub.1 and each A.sub.2 is independently described by formula (A-I) or (A-II): ##STR00507## wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of: ##STR00508## S is selected from the group consisting of: ##STR00509## R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, are each independently selected from H, OH, halogen, nitrile, nitro, optionally substituted amine, optionally substituted sulfhydryl, optionally substituted carboxyl, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.20 aryl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl, and optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkoxy; R.sub.4 is selected from optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl, and a bond; R.sub.5 is selected from H or optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.6 alkyl; R.sub.6 is selected from optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, and optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl; U.sub.1, U.sub.2, U.sub.3, U.sub.4, and U.sub.5 are each independently selected from H, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, and optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl. R.sub.7 and Y are each independently selected from ##STR00510## ##STR00511## ##STR00512## R.sub.8 are each independently selected from H, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, and optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.15 heteroaryl; R.sub.0 are each independently selected from optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, and optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.15 heteroaryl; x is 1 or 2; k is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; Ar is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, and optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl; n is 1 or 2; each E comprises an Fc domain monomer, an albumin protein, an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide; L is a linker covalently attached to E and to each Y of each A.sub.1 or each A.sub.1 and A.sub.2; T is an integer from 1 to 20, and each squiggly line in formulas (D-I), (M-I), (1), or (2) indicates that L is covalently attached to each E; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein each A.sub.1 and each A.sub.2 is independently described by formula (A-I).
3. The conjugate of claim 2, wherein each A.sub.1 and each A.sub.2 is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Ia)-(A-Ih): ##STR00513## ##STR00514## wherein each X is independently C or N; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
4. The conjugate of claim 3, wherein each A.sub.1 and each A.sub.2 is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Ia-i)-(A-Ih-i): ##STR00515## ##STR00516## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
5. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein each A.sub.1 and each A.sub.2 is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Ii)-(A-Ip): ##STR00517## ##STR00518## wherein each X is independently C or N; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
6. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein each A.sub.1 and each A.sub.2 is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Iq)-(A-Ix): ##STR00519## ##STR00520## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
7. The conjugate of claim 6, wherein each A.sub.1 and each A.sub.2 is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Iq-i)-(A-Ix-i): ##STR00521## ##STR00522## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
8. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein each A.sub.1 and each A.sub.2 is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Iaa)-(A-Ihh): ##STR00523## ##STR00524## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
9. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein each A.sub.1 and each A.sub.2 is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Iii)-(A-Ipp): ##STR00525## ##STR00526## wherein each X is independently C or N; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
10. The conjugate of claim 9, wherein each A.sub.1 and each A.sub.2 is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Iaa-i)-(A-Ihh-i): ##STR00527## ##STR00528## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
11. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein each A.sub.1 and each A.sub.2 is independently described by any one of formulas (A-IIa)-(A-IId): ##STR00529## wherein U.sub.6 and U.sub.7 are each independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
12. The conjugate of claim 11, wherein each A.sub.1 and each A.sub.2 is independently described by any one of formulas (A-IIa-i)-(A-IId-i): ##STR00530## wherein U.sub.5 is C.sub.1-C.sub.10 alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
13. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-I): ##STR00531## wherein each A.sub.1 and each A.sub.2 is independently described by formula (A-I); each E comprises an Fc domain monomer; and the squiggly line connected to the E indicates that each A.sub.1-L-A.sub.2 is covalently attached to E; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
14. The conjugate of claim 13, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-II): ##STR00532## wherein X is C, O, or N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
15. The conjugate of claim 14, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-III): ##STR00533## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
16. The conjugate of claim 15, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-III-1): ##STR00534## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
17. The conjugate of claim 16, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-III-2): ##STR00535## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
18. The conjugate of claim 17, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
19. The conjugate of claim 15, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-III-3): ##STR00536## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
20. The conjugate of claim 19, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-III-4): ##STR00537## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
21. The conjugate of claim 20, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
22. The conjugate of claim 15, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-III-5): ##STR00538## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
23. The conjugate of claim 22, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-III-6): ##STR00539## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
24. The conjugate of claim 23, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
25. The conjugate of claim 14, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-IV): ##STR00540## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
26. The conjugate of claim 25, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-V-1): ##STR00541## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
27. The conjugate of claim 26, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-IV-2): ##STR00542## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
28. The conjugate of claim 27, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
29. The conjugate of claim 25, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-IV-3): ##STR00543## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
30. The conjugate of claim 29, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-IV-4): ##STR00544## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
31. The conjugate of claim 30, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
32. The conjugate of claim 25, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-IV-5): ##STR00545## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
33. The conjugate of claim 32, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-IV-6): ##STR00546## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
34. The conjugate of claim 33, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
35. The conjugate of claim 14, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-V): ##STR00547## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
36. The conjugate of claim 35, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-V-1): ##STR00548## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
37. The conjugate of claim 36, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-V-2): ##STR00549## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
38. The conjugate of claim 37, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
39. The conjugate of claim 35, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-V-3): ##STR00550## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
40. The conjugate of claim 39, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-V-4): ##STR00551## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
41. The conjugate of claim 40, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
42. The conjugate of claim 35, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-V-5): ##STR00552## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
43. The conjugate of claim 42, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-V-6): ##STR00553## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
44. The conjugate of claim 43, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
45. The conjugate of claim 14, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-VI): ##STR00554## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
46. The conjugate of claim 45, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-VI-1): ##STR00555## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
47. The conjugate of claim 46, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-VI-2): ##STR00556## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
48. The conjugate of claim 47, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
49. The conjugate of claim 45, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-VI-3): ##STR00557## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
50. The conjugate of claim 49, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-VI-4): ##STR00558## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
51. The conjugate of claim 50, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
52. The conjugate of claim 45, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-VI-5): ##STR00559## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
53. The conjugate of claim 52, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-VI-6): ##STR00560## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
54. The conjugate of claim 53, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
55. The conjugate of claim 13, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-VII): ##STR00561## wherein X is C, O, or N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
56. The conjugate of claim 55, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-VIII): ##STR00562## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
57. The conjugate of claim 56, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-VIII-1): ##STR00563## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
58. The conjugate of claim 57, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
59. The conjugate of claim 55, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-IX): ##STR00564## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
60. The conjugate of claim 59, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-IX-1): ##STR00565## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
61. The conjugate of claim 60, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
62. The conjugate of claim 55, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-X): ##STR00566## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
63. The conjugate of claim 62, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-X-1): ##STR00567## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
64. The conjugate of claim 63, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
65. The conjugate of claim 55, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XI): ##STR00568## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
66. The conjugate of claim 65, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XI-1): ##STR00569## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
67. The conjugate of claim 66, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
68. The conjugate of claim 13, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XII): ##STR00570## wherein X is C, O, or N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
69. The conjugate of claim 68, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XII-1): ##STR00571## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
70. The conjugate of claim 69, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XII-2): ##STR00572## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
71. The conjugate of claim 13, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XIII): ##STR00573## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
72. The conjugate of claim 71, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XIII-1): ##STR00574## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
73. The conjugate of claim 72, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XIII-2): ##STR00575## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
74. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-I): ##STR00576## wherein each A.sub.1 and each A.sub.2 is independently described by formula (A-II); each E comprises an Fc domain monomer; the squiggly line connected to the E indicates that each A.sub.1-L-A.sub.2 is covalently attached to E; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
75. The conjugate of claim 74, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XIV): ##STR00577## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
76. The conjugate of claim 75, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XIV-1): ##STR00578## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
77. The conjugate of claim 76, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XIV-2): ##STR00579## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
78. The conjugate of claim 76, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XIV-3): ##STR00580## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1 and e.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
79. The conjugate of claim 76, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XIV-4): ##STR00581## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1, e.sub.2, e.sub.3 and e.sub.4 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
80. The conjugate of claim 76, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XIV-5): ##STR00582## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1, e.sub.2, e.sub.3, and e.sub.4 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
81. The conjugate of claim 74, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XV): ##STR00583## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
82. The conjugate of claim 81, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XV-1): ##STR00584## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
83. The conjugate of claim 82, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XV-2): ##STR00585## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
84. The conjugate of claim 82, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XV-3): ##STR00586## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1 and e.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
85. The conjugate of claim 82, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XV-4): ##STR00587## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1, e.sub.2, e.sub.3 and e.sub.4 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
86. The conjugate of claim 82, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XV-5): ##STR00588## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1, e.sub.2, e.sub.3, and e.sub.4 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
87. The conjugate of claim 74, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XVI): ##STR00589## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
88. The conjugate of claim 86, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XVI-1): ##STR00590## wherein U.sub.5 is C.sub.1-C.sub.10 alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
89. The conjugate of claim 88, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XVI-2): ##STR00591## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
90. The conjugate of claim 88, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XVI-3): ##STR00592## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1 and e.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
91. The conjugate of claim 88, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XVI-4): ##STR00593## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1, e.sub.2, e.sub.3 and e.sub.4 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
92. The conjugate of claim 88, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XVI-5): ##STR00594## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1, e.sub.2, e.sub.3, and e.sub.4 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
93. The conjugate of claim 74, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XVII): ##STR00595## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
94. The conjugate of claim 93, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XVII-1): ##STR00596## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
95. The conjugate of claim 94, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XVII-2): ##STR00597## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
96. The conjugate of claim 94, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XVII-3): ##STR00598## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1 and e.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
97. The conjugate of claim 94, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XVII-4): ##STR00599## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1, e.sub.2, e.sub.3 and e.sub.4 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
98. The conjugate of claim 94, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (D-XVII-5): ##STR00600## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1, e.sub.2, e.sub.3 and e.sub.4 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 and y.sub.2 are each independently an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
99. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-98, wherein L or L′ comprises one or more optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.6-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 arylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroarylene, O, S, NR.sup.i, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino, wherein R.sup.i is H, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, or optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl.
100. The conjugate of claim 99, wherein the backbone of L or L′ consists of one or more optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 arylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroarylene, O, S, NR.sup.i, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino, wherein R.sup.i is H, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20alkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, or optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl.
101. The conjugate of claim 99 or 100, wherein L or L′ is oxo substituted.
102. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-101, wherein the backbone of L or L′ comprises no more than 250 atoms.
103. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-102, wherein L or L′ is capable of forming an amide, a carbamate, a sulfonyl, or a urea linkage.
104. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-98, wherein L or L′ is a bond.
105. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-98, wherein L or L′ is an atom.
106. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-105 wherein each L is described by formula (D-L-I): ##STR00601## wherein L.sup.A is described by formula G.sup.A1-(Z.sup.A1).sub.g1—(Y.sup.A1).sub.h1—(Z.sup.A2).sub.i1—(Y.sup.A2).sub.j1—(Z.sup.A3).sub.k1—(Y.sup.A3).sub.l1—(Z.sup.A4).sub.m1—(Y.sup.A4).sub.n1—(Z.sup.A5)o.sub.1-G.sup.A2; L.sup.B is described by formula G.sup.B1-(Z.sup.B1).sub.g2—(Y.sup.B1).sub.h2—(Z.sup.B2).sub.i2—(Y.sup.B2).sub.j2—(Z.sup.B3).sub.k2—(Y.sup.B3).sub.l2—(Z.sup.B4).sub.m2—(Y.sup.B4).sub.n2—(Z.sup.B5)o.sub.2-G.sup.B2; L.sup.C is described by formula G.sup.C1-(Z.sup.C1).sub.g3—(Y.sup.C1).sub.h3—(Z.sup.C2).sub.i3—(Y.sup.C2).sub.j3—(Z.sup.C3).sub.k3—(Y.sup.C3).sub.l3—(Z.sup.C4).sub.m3—(Y.sup.C4).sub.n3—(Z.sup.C5)o.sub.3-G.sup.C2; G.sup.A1 is a bond attached to Q.sup.i; G.sup.A2 is a bond attached to A1; G.sup.B1 is a bond attached to Q.sup.i; G.sup.B2 is a bond attached to A2; G.sup.C1 is a bond attached to Q.sup.i; G.sup.C2 is a bond attached to E or a functional group capable of reacting with a functional group conjugated to E (e.g., maleimide and cysteine, amine and activated carboxylic acid, thiol and maleimide, activated sulfonic acid and amine, isocyanate and amine, azide and alkyne, and alkene and tetrazine); each of Z.sup.A1, Z.sup.A2, Z.sup.A3, Z.sup.A4, Z.sup.A5, Z.sup.B1, Z.sup.B2, Z.sup.B3, Z.sup.B4, Z.sup.B5, Z.sup.C1, Z.sup.C2, Z.sup.C3, Z.sup.C4, and Z.sup.C5 is, independently, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 arylene, or optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroarylene; each of Y.sup.A1, Y.sup.A2, Y.sup.A3, Y.sup.A4, Y.sup.B1, Y.sup.B2, Y.sup.B3, Y.sup.B4, Y.sup.C1, Y.sup.C2, Y.sup.C3, and Y.sup.C4 is, independently, O, S, NR.sup.i, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino; R.sup.i is H, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, or optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl; each of g1, h1, i1, j1, k1, l1, m1, n1, o1, g2, h2, i2, j2, k2, l2, m2, n2, o2, g3, h3, i3, j3, k3, l3, m3, n3, and o3 is, independently, 0 or 1; Q.sup.i is a nitrogen atom, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 arylene, or optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroarylene.
107. The conjugate of claim 106, wherein L is selected from ##STR00602## ##STR00603## ##STR00604## ##STR00605## ##STR00606## ##STR00607## ##STR00608## ##STR00609## ##STR00610## ##STR00611## ##STR00612## ##STR00613## wherein z.sub.1, z.sub.2, y.sub.1, y.sub.2, y.sub.3, and y.sub.4 each, independently, and integer from 1 to 20; and R.sub.9 is selected from H, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, and C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl.
108. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-I): ##STR00614## wherein each A.sub.1 is independently described by formula (A-I); each E comprises an Fc domain monomer, and the squiggly line connected to the E indicates that each A.sub.1-L is covalently attached to E; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
109. The conjugate of claim 108, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-II): ##STR00615## wherein X is C, O, or N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
110. The conjugate of claim 109, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-III): ##STR00616## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
111. The conjugate of claim 110, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-III-1): ##STR00617## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
112. The conjugate of claim 111, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-III-2): ##STR00618## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
113. The conjugate of claim 112, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
114. The conjugate of claim 110, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-III-3): ##STR00619## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
115. The conjugate of claim 114, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-III-4): ##STR00620## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
116. The conjugate of claim 115, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
117. The conjugate of claim 110, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-III-5): ##STR00621## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
118. The conjugate of claim 117, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-III-6): ##STR00622## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
119. The conjugate of claim 118, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
120. The conjugate of claim 109, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV): ##STR00623## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
121. The conjugate of claim 120, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-1): ##STR00624## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
122. The conjugate of claim 121, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-2): ##STR00625## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
123. The conjugate of claim 122, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
124. The conjugate of claim 120, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-3): ##STR00626## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
125. The conjugate of claim 124, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-4): ##STR00627## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
126. The conjugate of claim 125, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
127. The conjugate of claim 120, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-5): ##STR00628## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
128. The conjugate of claim 127, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-6): ##STR00629## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
129. The conjugate of claim 128, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
130. The conjugate of claim 109, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-V): ##STR00630## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
131. The conjugate of claim 130, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-1): ##STR00631## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
132. The conjugate of claim 131, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-2): ##STR00632## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
133. The conjugate of claim 132, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
134. The conjugate of claim 130, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-3): ##STR00633## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
135. The conjugate of claim 132, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-4): ##STR00634## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
136. The conjugate of claim 135, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
137. The conjugate of claim 130, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-5): ##STR00635## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
138. The conjugate of claim 137, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-6): ##STR00636## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
139. The conjugate of claim 138, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
140. The conjugate of claim 109, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI): ##STR00637## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
141. The conjugate of claim 140, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-1): ##STR00638## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
142. The conjugate of claim 141, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-2): ##STR00639## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
143. The conjugate of claim 142, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
144. The conjugate of claim 140, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-3): ##STR00640## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
145. The conjugate of claim 144, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-4): ##STR00641## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
146. The conjugate of claim 145, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
147. The conjugate of claim 140, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-5): ##STR00642## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
148. The conjugate of claim 147, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-6): ##STR00643## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
149. The conjugate of claim 148, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
150. The conjugate of claim 108, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VII): ##STR00644## wherein X is C, O, or N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
151. The conjugate of claim 150, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VIII): ##STR00645## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
152. The conjugate of claim 151, wherein the conjugate is described by formula M-VIII-1): ##STR00646## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
153. The conjugate of claim 152, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
154. The conjugate of claim 150, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IX): ##STR00647## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
155. The conjugate of claim 154, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IX-1): ##STR00648## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
156. The conjugate of claim 155, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
157. The conjugate of claim 150, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-X): ##STR00649## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
158. The conjugate of claim 157, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-X-1): ##STR00650## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
159. The conjugate of claim 158, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
160. The conjugate of claim 150, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XI): ##STR00651## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
161. The conjugate of claim 160, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XI-1): ##STR00652## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
162. The conjugate of claim 161, wherein L′ is a nitrogen atom.
163. The conjugate of claim 108, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XII): ##STR00653## wherein X is C, O, or N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
164. The conjugate of claim 163, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XII-1): ##STR00654## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
165. The conjugate of claim 164, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XII-2): ##STR00655## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
166. The conjugate of claim 108, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIII): ##STR00656## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
167. The conjugate of claim 166, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIII-1): ##STR00657## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
168. The conjugate of claim 167, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIII-2): ##STR00658## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
169. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-I): ##STR00659## wherein each A.sub.1 is independently described by formula (A-II); each E comprises an Fc domain monomer; the squiggly line connected to the E indicates that each A.sub.1-L-A.sub.2 is covalently attached to E; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
170. The conjugate of claim 169, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIV): ##STR00660## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
171. The conjugate of claim 170, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIV-1): ##STR00661## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
172. The conjugate of claim 171, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIV-2): ##STR00662## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
173. The conjugate of claim 171, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIV-3): ##STR00663## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1 is an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
174. The conjugate of claim 171, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIV-4): ##STR00664## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1 and e.sub.3 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
175. The conjugate of claim 171, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIV-5): ##STR00665## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1 and e.sub.3 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
176. The conjugate of claim 169, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XV): ##STR00666## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
177. The conjugate of claim 176, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XV-1): ##STR00667## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
178. The conjugate of claim 177, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XV-2): ##STR00668## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
179. The conjugate of claim 177, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XV-3): ##STR00669## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1 is an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
180. The conjugate of claim 177, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XV-4): ##STR00670## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1 and e.sub.3 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
181. The conjugate of claim 177, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XV-5): ##STR00671## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1 and e.sub.3 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
182. The conjugate of claim 169, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVI): ##STR00672## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
183. The conjugate of claim 182, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVI-1): ##STR00673## wherein U.sub.5 is C.sub.1-C.sub.10 alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
184. The conjugate of claim 183, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVI-2): ##STR00674## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
185. The conjugate of claim 183, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVI-3): ##STR00675## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1 is an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
186. The conjugate of claim 183, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVI-4): ##STR00676## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1 and e.sub.3 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
187. The conjugate of claim 183, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVI-5): ##STR00677## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1 and e.sub.3 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
188. The conjugate of claim 169, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVII): ##STR00678## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
189. The conjugate of claim 188, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVII-1): ##STR00679## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
190. The conjugate of claim 189, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVII-2): ##STR00680## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
191. The conjugate of claim 189, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVII-3): ##STR00681## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1 is an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
192. The conjugate of claim 189, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVII-4): ##STR00682## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1 and e.sub.3 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
193. The conjugate of claim 189, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVII-5): ##STR00683## wherein L′ is the remainder of L, and e.sub.1 and e.sub.3 are each independently an integer from 1-10 y.sub.1 is an integer from 1-20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
194. The conjugate of any one of claims 108-193, wherein L or L′ comprises one or more optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 arylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroarylene, O, S, NR.sup.i, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino, wherein R.sup.i is H, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, or optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl.
195. The conjugate of claim 194, wherein the backbone of L or L′ consists of one or more optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 arylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroarylene, O, S, NR.sup.i, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino, wherein R.sup.i is H, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20alkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, or optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl.
196. The conjugate of claim 194 or 195, wherein L or L′ is oxo substituted.
197. The conjugate of any one of claims 108-196, wherein the backbone of L or L′ comprises no more than 250 atoms.
198. The conjugate of any one of claims 108-197, wherein L or L′ is capable of forming an amide, a carbamate, a sulfonyl, or a urea linkage.
199. The conjugate of any one of claims 108-197, wherein L or L′ is a bond.
200. The conjugate of any one of claims 108-197, wherein L or L′ is an atom.
201. The conjugate of any one of claims 108-200, wherein each L is described by formula (M-L-1):
J.sup.1-(Q.sup.1).sub.g-(T.sup.1).sub.h-(Q.sup.2).sub.i-(T.sup.2).sub.j-(Q.sup.3).sub.k-(T.sup.3).sub.l-(Q.sup.4).sub.m-(T.sup.4).sub.n-(Q.sup.5).sub.o-J.sup.2 wherein J.sup.1 is a bond attached A.sub.1; J.sup.2 is a bond attached to E; each of Q.sup.1, Q.sup.2, Q.sup.3, Q.sup.4 and Q.sup.5 is, independently, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 arylene, or optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroarylene; each of T.sup.1, T.sup.2, T.sup.3, T.sup.4 is, independently, O, S, NR.sup.i, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino; R.sup.i is H, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, or optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl; and each of g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, and o is, independently, 0 or 1.
202. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-201, wherein the squiggly line connected to E indicates that the L of each A.sub.1-L or each A.sub.1-L-A.sub.2 is covalently attached to a nitrogen atom of a solvent-exposed lysine of E.
203. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-201, wherein the squiggly line connected to E indicates that the L of each A.sub.1-L or each A.sub.1-L-A.sub.2 is covalently attached to the sulfur atom of a solvent-exposed cysteine of E.
204. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-203, wherein each E is an Fc domain monomer.
205. The conjugate of claim 204, wherein n is 2, and each E dimerizes to form an Fc domain.
206. The conjugate of claim 13, wherein n is 2, each E is an Fc domain monomer, each E dimerizes to form an Fc domain, and the conjugate is described by formula (D-I-1): ##STR00684## wherein J is an Fc domain; and T is an integer from 1 to 20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
207. The conjugate of claim 108, wherein n is 2, each E is an Fc domain monomer, each E dimerizes to form an Fc domain, and the conjugate is described by formula (M-I-1): ##STR00685## wherein J is an Fc domain; and T is an integer from 1 to 20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
208. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-207, wherein each E has the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95.
209. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-208, wherein T is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.
210. A population of conjugates of any one of claims 1-208, wherein the average value of T is 1 to 10.
211. A population of conjugates of claim 210, wherein the average value of T is 1 to 5.
212. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a conjugate of any of claims 1-209, or a population of conjugates of claim 210 or 211, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
213. A method for the treatment of a subject having a viral infection or presumed to have a viral infection, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a conjugate of any of claims 1-209, a population of conjugates of claim 210 or 211, or a composition of claim 212.
214. A method for the prophylactic treatment of a viral infection in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a conjugate of any of claims 1-209, a population of conjugates of claim 210 or 211, or a composition of claim 212.
215. The method of claim 213 or 214, wherein the viral infection is caused by human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
216. The method of claim 215, wherein the HIV is HIV-1 or HIV-2.
217. The method of any one of claims 213-216, wherein the subject is immunocompromised.
218. The method of any one of claims 213-217, wherein the subject has been diagnosed with humoral immune deficiency, T cell deficiency, neutropenia, asplenia, or complement deficiency.
219. The method of any one of claims 213-218, wherein the subject is being treated or is about to be treated with an immunosuppressive therapy.
220. The method of any one of claims 213-219, wherein said subject has been diagnosed with a disease which causes immunosuppression.
221. The method of claim 220, wherein the disease is cancer.
222. The method of claim 221, wherein the cancer is leukemia, lymphoma, or multiple myeloma.
223. The method of any one of claims 213-222, wherein the subject has undergone or is about to undergo hematopoietic stem cell transplantation.
224. The method of any one of claims 213-223, wherein the subject has undergone or is about to undergo an organ transplant.
225. The method of any one of claims 213-224, wherein the conjugate of composition is administered intramuscularly, intravenously, intradermally, intraarterially, intraperitoneally, intralesionally, intracranially, intraarticularly, intraprostatically, intrapleurally, intratracheally, intranasally, intravitreally, intravaginally, intrarectally, topically, intratumorally, peritoneally, subcutaneously, subconjunctival, intravesicularlly, mucosally, intrapericardially, intraumbilically, intraocularally, orally, locally, by inhalation, by injection, or by infusion.
226. The method of any one of claims 213-225, wherein the subject is treated with a second therapeutic agent.
227. The method of claim 226, wherein the second therapeutic agent is an antiviral agent.
228. The method of claim 227, wherein the antiviral agent is selected from an integrase inhibitor, a nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI), a non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI), a protease inhibitor, an inhibitor of viral entry, a CCR5 antagonist, or a CYP3A inhibitor.
229. The method of claim 228, wherein the integrase inhibitor is selected from dolutegravir, elvitegravir, or raltegravir.
230. The method of claim 228, wherein the nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI) is selected from abacavir, lamivudine, zidovudine, emtricitabine, tenofovir, emtricitabine, didanosine, or stavudine.
231. The method of claim 228, wherein the non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI) is selected from efavirenz, etravirine, nevirapine, rilpivirine, or delavirdine.
232. The method of claim 228, wherein the protease inhibitor is selected from atazanavir, cobicistat, darunavir, cobicistat, lopinavir, ritonavir, fosamprenavir, tipranavir, nelfinavir, indinavir, or saquinavir.
233. The method of claim 228, wherein the inhibitor of viral entry is enfuvirtide.
234. The method of claim 228, wherein the CCR5 antagonist is maraviroc.
235. The method of claim 228, wherein the CYP3A inhibitor is cobicistat or ritonavir.
Description
DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0654]
[0655]
[0656]
[0657]
[0658]
[0659]
[0660]
[0661]
[0662]
[0663]
[0664]
[0665]
[0666]
[0667]
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0668] The disclosure features conjugates, compositions, and methods for the treatment of viral infections (e.g., human immunodeficiency viral infections). The conjugates disclosed herein include monomers or dimers of viral gp120 binders (e.g., temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ-II-121, BNM-IV-147, or analogs thereof) conjugated to Fc monomers, Fc domains, Fc-binding peptides, albumin proteins, or albumin protein-binding peptides. The gp120 binder (e.g., temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ-II-121, BNM-IV-147, or analogs thereof) in the conjugates targets the gp120 receptor on the surface of the viral particle. The Fc monomers or Fc domains in the conjugates bind to FcγRs (e.g., FcRn, FcγRI, FcγRIIa, FcγRIIc, FcγRIIIa, and FcγRIIIb) on immune cells, e.g., neutrophils, to activate phagocytosis and effector functions, such as antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC), thus leading to the engulfment and destruction of viral particles by immune cells and further enhancing the antiviral activity of the conjugates. The albumin or albumin-binding peptide may extend the half-life of the conjugate, for example, by binding of albumin to the recycling neonatal Fc receptor. Such compositions are useful in methods for the inhibition of viral growth and in methods for the treatment of viral infections, such as those caused by an HIV-1 or HIV-2.
I. Viral Infections
[0669] The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) can be used to treat a viral infection (e.g., an HIV-1 or HIV-2 viral infection).
[0670] Viral infection refers to the pathogenic growth of a virus (e.g., the human immunodeficiency virus) in a host organism (e.g., a human subject). A viral infection can be any situation in which the presence of a viral population(s) is damaging to a host body. Thus, a subject is suffering from a viral infection when an excessive amount of a viral population is present in or on the subject's body, or when the presence of a viral population(s) is damaging the cells or other tissue of the subject.
[0671] The human immunodeficiency viruses (HIV) are two species of Lentivirus (a subgroup of retrovirus) that causes HIV infection and overtime acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS). AIDS is a condition in humans in which progressive failure of the immune system allows life-threatening opportunistic infections and cancers to thrive. Without treatment, average survival time after infection with HIV is estimated to be 9 to 11 years, depending on the HIV subtype. In most cases, HIV is a sexually transmitted infection and occurs by contact with or transfer of blood, pre-ejaculate, semen, and vaginal fluids.
[0672] Two types of HIV have been characterized: HIV-1 and HIV-2. HIV infects vital cells in the human immune system, such as helper T cells (specifically CD4+ T cells), macrophages, and dendritic cells. HIV infection leads to low levels of CD4+ T cells through a number of mechanisms, including pyroptosis of abortively infected T cells, apoptosis of uninfected bystander cells, direct viral killing of infected cells, and killing of infected CD4+ T cells by CD8+cytotoxic lymphocytes that recognize infected cells. When CD4+ T cell numbers decline below a critical level, cell-mediated immunity is lost, and the body becomes progressively more susceptible to opportunistic infections, leading to the development of AIDS.
II. Conjugates of the Disclosure
[0673] Provided herein are synthetic conjugates useful in the treatment of viral infections (e.g., HIV infections). The conjugates disclosed herein include an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein conjugated to one or more monomers gp120 binders or one or more dimers of two gp120 binders (e.g., gp120 binders selected from temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ-II-121, BNM-IV-147, or analogs thereof). The dimers of two gp120 binders include a gp120 binder (e.g., a first gp120 binder of formula (A-I) or (A-II)) and a second gp120 binder (e.g., a second gp120 binder of formula (A-I) or (A-II)). The first and second gp120 binders are linked to each other by way of a linker.
[0674] Without being bound by theory, in some aspects, conjugates described herein bind to the surface of a viral particle (e.g., bind to viral gp120 receptor on the surface on an human immunodeficiency virus particle) through the interactions between the gp120 binder moieties in the conjugates and proteins on the surface of the viral particle. The gp120 binder disrupts gp120, an envelope glycoprotein that binds with the CD4 receptor, particularly on helper T cells. Binding to CD4 initiates a cascade of conformational changes in gp120 and gp41 that lead to the fusion of the viral membrane with the host cell membrane, allowing the spread of the virus.
[0675] Conjugates of the invention include gp120 binder monomers and dimers conjugated to an Fc domain, Fc monomer, or Fc-binding peptide. The Fc domain in the conjugates described herein binds to the FcγRs (e.g., FcRn, FcγRI, FcγRIIa, FcγRIIc, FcγRIIIa, and FcγRIIIb) on immune cells. The binding of the Fc domain in the conjugates described herein to the FcγRs on immune cells activates phagocytosis and effector functions, such as antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC), thus leading to the engulfment and destruction of viral particles by immune cells and further enhancing the antiviral activity of the conjugates.
[0676] Conjugates of the invention include gp120 binder monomers and dimers conjugated to an albumin protein or an albumin protein-binding peptide. The albumin protein or albumin protein-binding peptide may extend the half-life of the conjugate, for example, by binding of albumin to the recycling neonatal Fc receptor.
[0677] Conjugates provided herein are described by any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII). In some embodiments, the conjugates described herein include one or more monomers of gp120 binders conjugated to an Fc domain or an albumin protein. In some embodiments, the conjugates described herein include one or more dimers of gp120 binders conjugated to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein. In some embodiments, when n is 2, E (an Fc domain monomer) dimerizes to form an Fc domain.
[0678] Conjugates described herein may be synthesized using available chemical synthesis techniques in the art. In cases where a functional group is not available for conjugation, a molecule may be derivatized using conventional chemical synthesis techniques that are well known in the art. In some embodiments, the conjugates described herein contain one or more chiral centers. The conjugates include each of the isolated stereoisomeric forms as well as mixtures of stereoisomers in varying degrees of chiral purity, including racemic mixtures. It also encompasses the various diastereomers, enantiomers, and tautomers that can be formed.
Gp120 Binders
[0679] A component of the conjugates described herein is an HIV gp120 binder moiety. The gp120 binder disrupts gp120, an envelope glycoprotein that binds with the CD4 receptor, particularly on helper T-Cells. Binding to CD4 initiates a cascade of conformational changes in gp120 and gp41 that lead to the fusion of the viral membrane with the host cell membrane, allowing the spread of the virus. Examples of gp120 binders include temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ-II-121, and BNM-IV-147. In addition, derivatives of temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ-II-121, and BNM-IV-147, such as those found in the literature, have gp120 binder activity and are useful as gp120 inhibitor moieties of the compounds herein (see, for example, Lu et al. Curr. Top. Med. Chem. 16(10): 1074-1090).
[0680] Conjugates described herein are separated into two types: (1) one or more dimers of gp120 binders conjugated to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein and (2) one or more monomers of gp120 binders conjugated to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein.
[0681] The dimers of gp120 binders are linked to each other by way of a linker, such as the linkers described herein.
[0682] Viral gp120 binders of the invention include temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ-II-121, BNM-IV-147, and analogs thereof, such as the viral gp120 binders of formula (A-I) and (A-II):
##STR00294##
[0683] wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of:
##STR00295##
[0684] S is selected from the group consisting of:
##STR00296##
[0685] R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, are each independently selected from H, OH, halogen, nitrile, nitro, optionally substituted amine, optionally substituted sulfhydryl, optionally substituted carboxyl, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.20 aryl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl, and optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkoxy;
[0686] R.sub.4 is selected from optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl, and a bond;
[0687] R.sub.5 is selected from H or optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.6 alkyl;
[0688] R.sub.6 is selected from optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, and optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl;
[0689] R.sub.7 and Y are each independently selected from
##STR00297## ##STR00298## ##STR00299##
[0690] each R is independently selected from H, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, and optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.15 heteroaryl;
[0691] each R.sub.9 is independently selected from optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, and optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.15 heteroaryl;
[0692] x is 1 or 2;
[0693] k is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
[0694] Ar is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, and optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl. In a preferred embodiment of the above, x is 2.
[0695] Preferably the gp120 inhibitor is selected from temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ-II-121, or BNM-IV-147:
##STR00300##
Conjugates of Dimers of Gp120 Binders Linked to an Fc Domain or an Albumin Protein
[0696] The conjugates described herein include an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, and albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide covalently linked to one or more dimers of gp120 binders. The dimers of two gp120 binders include a first gp120 binder (e.g., a first viral gp120 binder of formula (A-I) or (A-II)) and a second gp120 binder (e.g., a second viral gp120 binder of formula (A-I) or (A-II)). The first and second gp120 binders are linked to each other by way of a linker, such as a linker described herein. In some embodiments of the dimers of gp120 binders, the first and second gp120 binders are the same. In some embodiments, the first and second gp120 binders are different.
[0697] In some embodiments, when T is greater than 1 (e.g., T is 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), each A.sub.1-L-A.sub.2 may be independently selected (e.g., independently selected from any of the A.sub.1-L-A.sub.2 structures described herein). In some embodiments, E may be conjugated to 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more different A.sub.1-L-A.sub.2 moieties. In some embodiments, E is conjugated to a first A.sub.1-L-A.sub.2 moiety, and a second A.sub.1-L-A.sub.2, moiety. In some embodiments, each of A.sub.1 and A.sub.2 of the first A.sub.1-L-A.sub.2 moiety and of the second A.sub.1-L-A.sub.2 moiety are independently selected from any structure described by formula (A-I) and (A-II):
##STR00301##
[0698] In a preferred embodiment of the above, x is 2.
[0699] In some embodiments, the first A.sub.1-L-A.sub.2 moiety is conjugated specifically to lysine residues of E (e.g., the nitrogen atoms of surface exposed lysine residues of E), and the second A.sub.1-L-A.sub.2 moiety is conjugated specifically to cysteine residues of E (e.g., the sulfur atoms of surface exposed cysteine residues of E). In some embodiments, the first A.sub.1-L-A.sub.2 moiety is conjugated specifically to cysteine residues of E (e.g., the sulfur atoms of surface exposed cysteine residues of E), and the second A.sub.1-L-A.sub.2 moiety is conjugated specifically to lysine residues of E (e.g., the nitrogen atoms of surface exposed lysine residues of E).
[0700] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a conjugate, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, described by the formulae below:
##STR00302## ##STR00303## ##STR00304## ##STR00305## ##STR00306## ##STR00307## ##STR00308## ##STR00309## ##STR00310## ##STR00311## ##STR00312## ##STR00313## ##STR00314## ##STR00315## ##STR00316## ##STR00317## ##STR00318## ##STR00319## ##STR00320## ##STR00321## ##STR00322## ##STR00323## ##STR00324## ##STR00325## ##STR00326## ##STR00327## ##STR00328## ##STR00329## ##STR00330## ##STR00331## ##STR00332## ##STR00333## ##STR00334##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0701] In the conjugates described herein, the squiggly line connected to E indicates that one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20) dimers of gp120 binders may be attached to an Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide. In some embodiments, when n is 1, one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10) dimers of gp120 binders may be attached to an Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide. In some embodiments, when n is 2, one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20) dimers of gp120 binders may be attached to an Fc domain. The squiggly line in the conjugates described herein is not to be construed as a single bond between one or more dimers of gp120 binders and an atom in the Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, or albumin protein. In some embodiments, when T is 1, one dimer of gp120 binders may be attached to an atom in the Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide. In some embodiments, when T is 2, two dimers of gp120 binders may be attached to an atom in the Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide.
[0702] As described further herein, a linker in a conjugate described herein (e.g., L or L′) may be a branched structure. As described further herein, a linker in a conjugate described herein (e.g., L or L′) may be a multivalent structure, e.g., a divalent or trivalent structure having two or three arms, respectively. In some embodiments when the linker has three arms, two of the arms may be attached to the first and second gp120 binders and the third arm may be attached to the Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide.
[0703] In conjugates having an Fc domain covalently linked to one or more dimers of gp120 binders, as represented by the formulae above, when n is 2, two Fc domain monomers (each Fc domain monomer is represented by E) dimerize to form an Fc domain.
Conjugates of Monomers of Gp120 Binders Linked to an Fc Domain Monomer, an Fc Domain, or an Albumin Protein
[0704] In some embodiments, the conjugates described herein include an Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide covalently linked to one or more monomers of gp120 binders. Conjugates of an Fc domain monomer or albumin protein and one or more monomers of gp120 binders may be formed by linking the Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, or albumin protein to each of the monomers of gp120 binders through a linker, such as any of the linkers described herein.
[0705] In the conjugates having an Fc domain or albumin protein covalently linked to one or more monomers of gp120 binders described herein, the squiggly line connected to E indicates that one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20) monomers of gp120 binders may be attached to an Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide. In some embodiments, when n is 1, one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10) monomers of gp120 binders may be attached to an Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, or an albumin protein. In some embodiments, when n is 2, one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20) monomers of gp120 binders may be attached to an Fc domain. The squiggly line in the conjugates described herein is not to be construed as a single bond between one or more monomers of gp120 binders and an atom in the Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide. In some embodiments, when T is 1, one monomer of gp120 binder may be attached to an atom in the Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide. In some embodiments, when T is 2, two monomers of gp120 binders may be attached to an atom in the Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide.
[0706] In some embodiments, when T is greater than 1 (e.g., T is 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), each A.sub.1-L may be independently selected (e.g., independently selected from any of the A.sub.1-L structures described herein). In some embodiments, E may be conjugated to 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more different A.sub.1-L moieties. In some embodiments, E is conjugated to a first A.sub.1-L moiety, and a second A.sub.1-L, moiety. In some embodiments, A.sub.1 of each of the first A.sub.1-L moiety and of the second A.sub.1-L moiety is independently selected from any structure described by formula (A-I) or (A-II):
##STR00335##
[0707] In a preferred embodiment, x is 2.
[0708] In some embodiments, the first A.sub.1-L moiety is conjugated specifically to lysine residues of E (e.g., the nitrogen atoms of surface exposed lysine residues of E), and the second A.sub.1-L moiety is conjugated specifically to cysteine residues of E (e.g., the sulfur atoms of surface exposed cysteine residues of E). In some embodiments, the first A.sub.1-L moiety is conjugated specifically to cysteine residues of E (e.g., the sulfur atoms of surface exposed cysteine residues of E), and the second A.sub.1-L moiety is conjugated specifically to lysine residues of E (e.g., the nitrogen atoms of surface exposed lysine residues of E).
[0709] As described further herein, a linker in a conjugate having an Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide covalently linked to one or more monomers of the gp120 binders described herein (e.g., L or L′) may be a divalent structure having two arms. One arm in a divalent linker may be attached to the monomer of the gp120 binder and the other arm may be attached to the Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide.
[0710] In some embodiments, a conjugate containing an Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide covalently linked to one or more monomers of gp120 binders provided herein is described by any one of formulae below:
##STR00336## ##STR00337## ##STR00338## ##STR00339## ##STR00340## ##STR00341## ##STR00342## ##STR00343## ##STR00344## ##STR00345## ##STR00346## ##STR00347## ##STR00348## ##STR00349## ##STR00350## ##STR00351## ##STR00352## ##STR00353## ##STR00354## ##STR00355## ##STR00356## ##STR00357## ##STR00358## ##STR00359## ##STR00360## ##STR00361##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0711] In conjugates having an Fc domain covalently linked to one or more monomers of gp120 binders, as represented by the formulae above, when n is 2, two Fc domain monomers (each Fc domain monomer is represented by E) dimerize to form an Fc domain.
III. Fc Domain Monomers and Fc Domains
[0712] An Fc domain monomer includes a hinge domain, a C.sub.H2 antibody constant domain, and a C.sub.H3 antibody constant domain. The Fc domain monomer can be of immunoglobulin antibody isotype IgG, IgE, IgM, IgA, or IgD. The Fc domain monomer can also be of any immunoglobulin antibody isotype (e.g., IgG1, IgG2a, IgG2b, IgG3, or IgG4). The Fc domain monomer can be of any immunoglobulin antibody allotype (e.g., IGHG1*01 (i.e., G1m(za)), IGHG1*07 (i.e., G1m(zax)), IGHG1*04 (i.e., G1m(zav)), IGHG1*03 (G1m(f)), IGHG1*08 (i.e., G1m(fa)), IGHG2*01, IGHG2*06, IGHG2*02, IGHG3*01, IGHG3*05, IGHG3*10, IGHG3*04, IGHG3*09, IGHG3*11, IGHG3*12, IGHG3*06, IGHG3*07, IGHG3*08, IGHG3*13, IGHG3*03, IGHG3*14, IGHG3*15, IGHG3*16, IGHG3*17, IGHG3*18, IGHG3*19, IGHG2*04, IGHG4*01, IGHG4*03, or IGHG4*02) (as described in, for example, in Vidarsson et al. IgG subclasses and allotypes: from structure to effector function. Frontiers in Immunology. 5(520):1-17 (2014)). The Fc domain monomer can also be of any species, e.g., human, murine, or mouse. A dimer of Fc domain monomers is an Fc domain that can bind to an Fc receptor, which is a receptor located on the surface of leukocytes.
[0713] In some embodiments, an Fc domain monomer in the conjugates described herein may contain one or more amino acid substitutions, additions, and/or deletion relative to an Fc domain monomer having a sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95. In some embodiments, an Asn in an Fc domain monomer in the conjugates as described herein may be replaced by Ala in order to prevent N-linked glycosylation (see, e.g., SEQ ID NOs: 12-15, where Asn to Ala substitution is labeled with *). In some embodiments, an Fc domain monomer in the conjugates described herein may also containing additional Cys additions (see, e.g., SEQ ID NOs: 9, 10, and 11, where Cys additions are labeled with *).
[0714] In some embodiments, an Fc domain monomer in the conjugates as described herein includes an additional moiety, e.g., an albumin-binding peptide, a purification peptide (e.g., a hexa-histidine peptide (HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 99)), or a signal sequence (e.g., IL2 signal sequence MYRMQLLSCIALSLALVTNS (SEQ ID NO: 100)) attached to the N- or C-terminus of the Fc domain monomer. In some embodiments, an Fc domain monomer in the conjugate does not contain any type of antibody variable region, e.g., V.sub.H, V.sub.L, a complementarity determining region (CDR), or a hypervariable region (HVR).
[0715] In some embodiments, an Fc domain monomer in the conjugates as described herein may have a sequence that is at least 95% identical (e.g., 97%, 99%, or 99.5% identical) to the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 shown below. In some embodiments, an Fc domain monomer in the conjugates as described herein may have a sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 shown below.
TABLE-US-00003 SEQ ID NO: 1: murine Fc-IgG2a with IL2 signal sequence at the N-terminus (bold) MYRMQLLSCIALSLALVTNSPRGPTIKPCPPCKCPAPNLLGGPSVFIFPPKIKDVLMISLSPIVTCVVVDVS EDDPDVQISWFVNNVEVHTAQTQTHREDYNSTLRVVSALPIQHQDWMSGKEFKCKVNNKDLPAPIERTI SKPKGSVRAPQVYVLPPPEEEMTKKQVTLTCMVTDFMPEDIYVEWTNNGKTELNYKNTEPVLDSDGSYF MYSKLRVEKKNWVERNSYSCSVVHEGLHNHHTTKSFSRTPGK SEQ ID NO: 2: mature murine Fc-IgG2a PRGPTIKPCPPCKCPAPNLLGGPSVFIFPPKIKDVLMISLSPIVTCVVVDVSEDDPDVQISWFVNNVEVHTA QTQTHREDYNSTLRVVSALPIQHQDWMSGKEFKCKVNNKDLPAPIERTISKPKGSVRAPQVYVLPPPEEE MTKKQVTLTCMVTDFMPEDIYVEWTNNGKTELNYKNTEPVLDSDGSYFMYSKLRVEKKNWVERNSYSC SVVHEGLHNHHTTKSFSRTPGK SEQ ID NO: 3: human Fc-IgG1 with IL2 signal sequence at the N-terminus (bold) and N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined) MYRMQLLSCIALSLALVTNSMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKT ISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 4: mature human Fc-IgG1 with N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined) MVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVH NAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR EEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVF SCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 5: murine Fc-IgG2a with IL2 signal sequence (bold) at the N-terminus and hexa-histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus MYRMQLLSCIALSLALVTNSPRGPTIKPCPPCKCPAPNLLGGPSVFIFPPKIKDVLMISLSPIVTCVVVDVS EDDPDVQISWFVNNVEVHTAQTQTHREDYNSTLRVVSALPIQHQDWMSGKEFKCKVNNKDLPAPIERTI SKPKGSVRAPQVYVLPPPEEEMTKKQVTLTCMVTDFMPEDIYVEWTNNGKTELNYKNTEPVLDSDGSYF MYSKLRVEKKNWVERNSYSCSVVHEGLHNHHTTKSFSRTPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 6: mature murine Fc-IgG2a with hexa-histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus PRGPTIKPCPPCKCPAPNLLGGPSVFIFPPKIKDVLMISLSPIVTCVVVDVSEDDPDVQ1SWFVNNVEVHTA QTQTHREDYNSTLRVVSALPIQHQDWMSGKEFKCKVNNKDLPAPIERTISKPKGSVRAPQVYVLPPPEEE MTKKQVTLTCMVTDFMPEDIYVEWTNNGKTELNYKNTEPVLDSDGSYFMYSKLRVEKKNWVERNSYSC SVVHEGLHNHHTTKSFSRTPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 7: human Fc-IgG1 with IL2 signal sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), and hexa-histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus MYRMQLLSCIALSLALVTNSMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKT ISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 8: mature human Fc-IgG1 with hexa-histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus and N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined) MVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVH NAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR EEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVF SCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 9: human Fc-IgG1 with IL2 signal sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), two additional cysteines in the hinge region (*), and hexa-histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus MYRMQLLSCIALSLALVTNSMVRSDKTHTCPPCPPC*KC*PAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVT CVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKAL PAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVL DSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 10: mature human Fc-IgG1 with N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), two additional cysteines in the hinge region (*), and hexa-histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus MVRSDKTHTCPPCPPC*KC*PAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYV DGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQV YTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRW QQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 11: mature human Fc-IgG1 with N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined) and two additional cysteines in the hinge region (*) MVRSDKTHTCPPCPPC*KC*PAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYV DGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQV YTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRW QQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 12: murine Fc-IgG2a with IL2 signal sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, Asn to Ala substitution (*), and hexa-histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus MYRMQLLSCIALSLALVTNSPRGPTIKPCPPCKCPAPNLLGGPSVFIFPPKIKDVLMISLSPIVTCVVVDVS EDDPDVQISWFVNNVEVHTAQTQTHREDYA*STLRVVSALPIQHQDWMSGKEFKCKVNNKDLPAPIERTI SKPKGSVRAPQVYVLPPPEEEMTKKQVTLTCMVTDFMPEDIYVEWTNNGKTELNYKNTEPVLDSDGSYF MYSKLRVEKKNWVERNSYSCSVVHEGLHNHHTTKSFSRTPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 13: mature murine Fc-IgG2a with Asn to Ala substitution (*) and hexa-histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus PRGPTIKPCPPCKCPAPNLLGGPSVFIFPPKIKDVLMISLSPIVTCVVVDVSEDDPDVQ1SWFVNNVEVHTA QTQTHREDYA*STLRVVSALPIQHQDWMSGKEFKCKVNNKDLPAPIERTISKPKGSVRAPQVYVLPPPEE EMTKKQVTLTCMVTDFMPEDIYVEWTNNGKTELNYKNTEPVLDSDGSYFMYSKLRVEKKNWVERNSYS CSVVHEGLHNHHTTKSFSRTPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 14: human Fc-IgG1 with IL2 signal sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), Asn to Ala substitution (*), and hexa-histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus MYRMQLLSCIALSLALVTNSMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYA*STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGS FFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 15: mature human Fc-IgG1 with Asn to Ala substitution (*), N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), and hexa- histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus MVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVH NAKTKPREEQYA*STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPS REEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNV FSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 16: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus and N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKT ISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 17: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal c-Myc tag (underlined, italicized) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKT ISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 18: mature human IgG1 Fc with N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal c-Myc tag (underlined, italicized) ISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVE VHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPP SREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGN VFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 19: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold), N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), and lysine to serine modification (*) to prevent lysine conjugation at this site MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPS*DTLMISRTPEVTCVVVD VSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGS FFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 20: mature human IgG1 Fc with N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined) and lysine to serine modification (*) to prevent lysine conjugation at this site ISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPS*DTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGV EVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLP PSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQG NVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 21: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), lysine to serine modification (*) to prevent lysine conjugation at this site, C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal C-Myc tag (underlined, italicized) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPS(*)DTLMISRTPEVTCVVV DVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPI EKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSD GSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 22: mature human IgG1 Fc with N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), lysine to serine modification (*) to prevent lysine conjugation at this site, C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal C-Myc tag (underlined, italicized) ISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPS(*)DTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDG VEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTL PPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQ GNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 23: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), Asn to Ala substitution (*), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal C-myc tag (underlined, italicized) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYA(*)STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIE KTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDG SFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 24: mature human IgG1 Fc with N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), Asn to Ala substitution (*), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal C-myc tag (underlined, italicized) ISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVE VHNAKTKPREEQYA(*)STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTL PPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQ GNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 25: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), H310A (*) and H435A (*) mutations to impede FcRn binding, C-terminal G4S (italicized), and C-terminal C-myc tag (underlined, italicized) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLA(*)QDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIE KTISKA(*)KGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSD GSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNAYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 26: mature human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), with H310A (*) and H435A (*) mutations to impede FcRn binding, C-terminal G4S (italicized), and C-terminal C-myc tag (underlined, italicized) ISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVE VHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLA(*)QDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKA(*)KGQPREPQVY TLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQ QGNVFSCSVMHEALHNAYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 27: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal mutated (lysine to phenylalanine, bold) C-myc tag (underlined, italicized) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKT ISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGS SEQ ID NO: 28: mature human IgG1 Fc with N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal mutated (lysine to phenylalanine, bold) C-myc tag (underlined, italicized) ISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVE VHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPP SREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGN VFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGS
SEQ ID NO: 29: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), Asn to Ala substitution (*), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal mutated (lysine to phenylalanine, bold) C-myc tag (underlined, italicized) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYA(*)STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIE KTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDG SFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQFLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 30: mature human IgG1 Fc with N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), Asn to Ala substitution (*), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal mutated (lysine to phenylalanine, bold) C-myc tag (underlined, italicized) ISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVE VHNAKTKPREEQYA(*)STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTL PPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQ GNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGS
SEQ ID NO: 31: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal mutated (lysine to phenylalanine, bold) C-myc tag (underlined) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPE VKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKG QPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLT VDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQFLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 32: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPE VKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKG QPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLT VDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 33: mature human IgG1 Fc with a YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined) with N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined) MVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVH NAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR EEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVF SCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 34: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, contains residues EPKSS comprising the full hinge region on the N-terminus of mature human IgG1 Fc (underlined), Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKT ISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 35: human IgG1 Fc with murine IgG signal sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, with removal of EPKSSD hinge residues from the N-terminus of the mature human IgG1 Fc, allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPE VKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKG QPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLT VDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 36: mature human IgG1 Fc with a YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), with removal of EPKSSD hinge residues from the N-terminus of the mature human IgG1 Fc, allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) KTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKP REEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCS VMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 37: mature human IgG1 Fc with an LS double mutation (bold and underlined), with removal of EPKSSD hinge residues from the N-terminus of the mature human IgG1 Fc, allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) KTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTK PREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCS VLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 38: mature human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, a YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal C-myc tag (underlined) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEV KFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQ PREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTV DKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 39: mature human Fc IgG1, wherein X.sub.1 is Met or Trp, X.sub.2 is Ser or Thr, X.sub.3 is Thr or Glu, X.sub.4 is Asp or Glu, and X.sub.5 is Leu or Met, X.sub.6 is Met or Leu, and X.sub.7 is Asn or Ser DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLX.sub.1IX.sub.2RX.sub.3PEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAK TKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX.sub.4E X.sub.5TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSC SVX.sub.6HEALHX.sub.7HYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 40: mature human Fc IgG1 wherein X.sub.4 is Asp or Glu, and X.sub.5 is Leu or Met DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKT KPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX.sub.4EX.sub.5 TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSV MHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 41: mature human Fc IgG1 with a YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), and wherein X.sub.4 is Asp or Glu, and X.sub.5 is Leu or Met DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKTK PREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX.sub.4EX.sub.5T KNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSV MHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 42: mature human Fc IgG1 with a YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKTK PREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TK NQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVM HEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 43: mature human Fc IgG1 with a YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKTK PREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TK NQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVM HEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 44: mature human Fc IgG1 with a LS double mutation (bold and underlined), and wherein X.sub.4 is Asp or Glu, and X.sub.5 is Leu or Met DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKT KPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX.sub.4EX.sub.5 TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSV LHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 45: mature human Fc IgG1 with a LS double mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKT KPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
T KNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVL HEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 46: mature human Fc IgG1 with a LS double mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKT KPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
T KNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVL HEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 47: mature human Fc IgG1 with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), deletion of Asp ([D]) Cys to Ser substitution (#), and wherein X.sub.1 is Met or Trp, X.sub.2 is Ser or Thr, X.sub.3 is Thr or Glu, X.sub.4 is Asp or Glu, and X.sub.5 is Leu or Met, X.sub.6 is Met or Leu, and X.sub.7 is Asn or Ser MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKD TLX.sub.1IX.sub.2RX.sub.3PEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNG KEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX.sub.4EX.sub.5TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNG QPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX.sub.6HEALHX.sub.7HYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 48: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKD TLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGK EYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQP ENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 49: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKD TLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGK EYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQP ENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 50: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N4345 mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKD TLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGK EYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQP ENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 51: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N4345 mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSSMDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKD TLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGK EYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQP ENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 52: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKD TLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKE YKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPE NNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 53: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKD TLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKE YKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPE NNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 54: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (italicized), M428L, N4345 mutations (bold/underlined), G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal C-myc-tag (underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVD VSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGS FFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 55: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (italicized), M428L, N4345 mutations (bold/underlined), G4S linker (italicized), C-terminal C-myc-tag (underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVD VSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 56: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (italicized), YTE triple mutant (bold/underlined), G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal C-myc-tag (underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVD VSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGS FFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 57: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (italicized), YTE triple mutant (bold/underlined), G4S linker (italicized), C-terminal C-myc-tag (underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVD VSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 58: mature human IgG1 with mouse heavy chain MIgG1 signal sequence (bold), Cys to Ser substitution (#), C-terminal G4S (italics), and C-terminal IgA peptide (underline), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVD VSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSQRNPRLRLIRRHPTLRIPPI SEQ ID NO: 59: mature human IgG1 with mouse heavy chain MIgG1 signal sequence (bold), Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N4345 mutations (bold/underlined), C-terminal G4S (italics), and C-terminal IgA peptide (underline), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVD VSHEDPEVKFNVVYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSQRNPRLRLIRRHPTLRIPPI SEQ ID NO: 60: mature human Fc IgG1, Z.sub.1 is Cys or Ser, and wherein X.sub.1 is Met or Trp, X.sub.2 is Ser or Thr, X.sub.3 is Thr or Glu, X.sub.4 is Asp or Glu, and X.sub.5 is Leu or Met, X.sub.6 is Met or Leu, and X.sub.7 is Asn or Ser NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSZ.sub.1DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLX.sub.1IX.sub.2RX.sub.3PEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX.sub.4EX.sub.5TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX.sub.6HEALHX.sub.7HYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 61: mature human Fc IgG1, Cys to Ser substitution (#), and wherein X.sub.1 is Met or Trp, X.sub.2 is Ser or Thr, X.sub.3 is Thr or Glu, X.sub.4 is Asp or Glu, and X.sub.5 is Leu or Met, X.sub.6 is Met or Leu, and X.sub.7 is Asn or Ser NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLX.sub.1IX.sub.2RX.sub.3PEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTI SKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX.sub.4EX.sub.5TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX.sub.6HEALHX.sub.7HYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 62: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), X.sub.4 is Asp or Glu, and X.sub.5 is Leu or Met NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX.sub.4EX.sub.5TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 63: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 64: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 65: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N4345 mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 66: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N4345 mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 67: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 68: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 69: mature human Fc IgG1, Z.sub.1 is Cys or Ser, and wherein X.sub.1 is Met or Trp, X.sub.2 is Ser or Thr, X.sub.3 is Thr or Glu, X.sub.4 is Asp or Glu, and X.sub.5 is Leu or Met, X.sub.6 is Met or Leu, and X.sub.7 is Asn or Ser NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSZ.sub.1DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLX.sub.1IX.sub.2RX.sub.3PEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX.sub.4EX.sub.5TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX.sub.6HEALHX.sub.7HYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 70: mature human Fc IgG1, Cys to Ser substitution (#), and wherein X.sub.1 is Met or Trp, X.sub.2 is Ser or Thr, X.sub.3 is Thr or Glu, X.sub.4 is Asp or Glu, and X.sub.5 is Leu or Met, X.sub.6 is Met or Leu, and X.sub.7 is Asn or Ser NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLX.sub.1IX.sub.2RX.sub.3PEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTI SKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX.sub.4EX.sub.5TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX.sub.6HEALHX.sub.7HYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 71: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), X.sub.4 is Asp or Glu, and X.sub.5 is Leu or Met NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSSMDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX.sub.4EX.sub.5TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 72: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 73: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 74: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N4345 mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 75: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N434S mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 76: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 77: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSSMDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 78: mature human Fc IgG1, Z.sub.1 is Cys or Ser, and wherein X.sub.1 is Met or Trp, X.sub.2 is Ser or Thr, X.sub.3 is Thr or Glu, X.sub.4 is Asp or Glu, and X.sub.5 is Leu or Met, X.sub.6 is Met or Leu, and X.sub.7 is Asn or Ser VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSZ.sub.1DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLX.sub.1IX.sub.2RX.sub.3PEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX.sub.4EX.sub.5TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX.sub.6HEALHX.sub.7HYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 79: mature human Fc IgG1, Cys to Ser substitution (#), and wherein X.sub.1 is Met or Trp, X.sub.2 is Ser or Thr, X.sub.3 is Thr or Glu, X.sub.4 is Asp or Glu, and X.sub.5 is Leu or Met, X.sub.6 is Met or Leu, and X.sub.7 is Asn or Ser VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLX.sub.1IX.sub.2RX.sub.3PEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX.sub.4EX.sub.5TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX.sub.6HEALHX.sub.7HYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 80: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), X.sub.4 is Asp or Glu, and X.sub.5 is Leu or Met VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSSMDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX.sub.4EX.sub.5TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 81: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSSMDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 82: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSSMDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 83: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N434S mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 84: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N434S mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 85: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 86: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSSMDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 87: mature human Fc IgG1, Z.sub.1 is Cys or Ser, and wherein X.sub.1 is Met or Trp, X.sub.2 is Ser or Thr, X.sub.3 is Thr or Glu, X.sub.4 is Asp or Glu, and X.sub.5 is Leu or Met, X.sub.6 is Met or Leu, and X.sub.7 is Asn or Ser VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSZ.sub.1DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLX.sub.1IX.sub.2RX.sub.3PEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX.sub.4EX.sub.5TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX.sub.6HEALHX.sub.7HYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 88: mature human Fc IgG1, Cys to Ser substitution (#), and wherein X.sub.1 is Met or Trp, X.sub.2 is Ser or Thr, X.sub.3 is Thr or Glu, X.sub.4 is Asp or Glu, and X.sub.5 is Leu or Met, X.sub.6 is Met or Leu, and X.sub.7 is Asn or Ser VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLX.sub.1IX.sub.2RX.sub.3PEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX.sub.4EX.sub.5TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX.sub.6HEALHX.sub.7HYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 89: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), X.sub.4 is Asp or Glu, and X.sub.5 is Leu or Met VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX.sub.4EX.sub.5TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 90: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSSMDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 91: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSSMDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 92: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N434S mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 93: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N434S mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 94: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 95: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
E
TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG
[0716] As defined herein, an Fc domain includes two Fc domain monomers that are dimerized by the interaction between the C.sub.H3 antibody constant domains, as well as one or more disulfide bonds that form between the hinge domains of the two dimerizing Fc domain monomers. An Fc domain forms the minimum structure that binds to an Fc receptor, e.g., Fc-gamma receptors (i.e., Fcγ receptors (FcγR)), Fc-alpha receptors (i.e., Fcα receptors (FcαR)), Fc-epsilon receptors (i.e., Fcs receptors (FcεR)), and/or the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn). In some embodiments, an Fc domain of the present invention binds to an Fcγ receptor (e.g., FcRn, FcγRI (CD64), FcγRIIa (CD32), FcγRIIb (CD32), FcγRIIIa (CD16a), FcγRIIIb (CD16b)), and/or FcγRIV and/or the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn).
[0717] In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer or Fc domain of the invention is an aglycosylated Fc domain monomer or Fc domain (e.g., an Fc domain monomer or an Fc domain that maintains engagement to an Fc receptor (e.g., FcRn). For example, the Fc domain is an aglycosylated IgG1 variants that maintains engagement to an Fc receptor (e.g., an IgG1 having an amino acid substitution at N297 and/or T299 of the glycosylation motif). Exemplary aglycosylated Fc domains and methods for making aglycosylated Fc domains are known in the art, for example, as described in Sazinsky S. L. et al., Aglycosylated immunoglobulin G1 variants productively engage activating Fc receptors, PNAS, 2008, 105(51):20167-20172, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
[0718] In some embodiments, the Fc domain or Fc domain monomer of the invention is engineered to enhance binding to the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn). For example, the Fc domain may include the triple mutation corresponding to M252Y/S254T/T256E (YTE) (e.g., an IgG1, such as a human or humanized IgG1 having a YTE mutation, for example SEQ ID NO: 33, SEQ ID NO: 36, SEQ ID NO: 38, SEQ ID NO: 39, SEQ ID NO: 41, SEQ ID NO: 42, SEQ ID NO: 43, SEQ ID NO: 52, SEQ ID NO: 53, SEQ ID NO: 56, or SEQ ID NO: 57). The Fc domain may include the double mutant corresponding to M428L/N434S (LS) (e.g., an IgG1, such as a human or humanized IgG1 having an LS mutation, such as SEQ ID NO: 37, SEQ ID NO: 39, SEQ ID NO: 44, SEQ ID NO: 45, SEQ ID NO: 46, SEQ ID NO: 50, SEQ ID NO: 51, SEQ ID NO: 54, SEQ ID NO: 55, or SEQ ID NO: 59). The Fc domain may include the single mutant corresponding to N434H (e.g., an IgG1, such as a human or humanized IgG1 having an N434H mutation). The Fc domain may include the single mutant corresponding to C220S (e.g., and IgG1, such as a human or humanized IgG1 having a C220S mutation, such as SEQ ID NO: 34, SEQ ID NO: 47, SEQ ID NO: 48, SEQ ID NO: 49, SEQ ID NO: 50, SEQ ID NO: 51, SEQ ID NO: 52, SEQ ID NO: 53, SEQ ID NO: 58, SEQ ID NO: 59, SEQ ID NO: 61, SEQ ID NO: 62, SEQ ID NO: 63, SEQ ID NO: 64, SEQ ID NO: 65, SEQ ID NO: 66, SEQ ID NO: 67, or SEQ ID NO: 68). The Fc domain may include a combination of one or more of the above-described mutations that enhance binding to the FcRn. Enhanced binding to the FcRn may increase the half-life Fc domain-containing conjugate. For example, incorporation of one or more amino acid mutations that increase binding to the FcRn (e.g., a YTE mutation, an LS mutation, or an N434H mutation) may increase the half-life of the conjugate by 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%. 100%, 200%, 300%, 400%, 500% or more relative to a conjugate having the corresponding Fc domain without the mutation that enhances FcRn binding. Exemplary Fc domains with enhanced binding to the FcRN and methods for making Fc domains having enhanced binding to the FcRN are known in the art, for example, as described in Maeda, A. et al., Identification of human IgG1 variant with enhanced FcRn binding and without increased binding to rheumatoid factor autoantibody, MABS, 2017, 9(5):844-853, which is incorporated herein in its entirety. As used herein, an amino acid “corresponding to” a particular amino acid residue (e.g., of a particular SEQ ID NO.) should be understood to include any amino acid residue that one of skill in the art would understand to align to the particular residue (e.g., of the particular sequence). For example, any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 may be mutated to include a YTE mutation, an LS mutation, and/or an N434H mutation by mutating the “corresponding residues” of the amino acid sequence.
[0719] As used herein, a sulfur atom “corresponding to” a particular cysteine residue of a particular SEQ ID NO. should be understood to include the sulfur atom of any cysteine residue that one of skill in the art would understand to align to the particular cysteine of the particular sequence. The protein sequence alignment of human IgG1 (UniProtKB: P01857; SEQ ID NO: 121), human IgG2 (UniProtKB: P01859; SEQ ID NO: 122), human IgG3 (UniProtKB: P01860; SEQ ID NO: 123), and human IgG4 (UniProtKB: P01861; SEQ ID NO: 124) is provided below (aligned with Clustal Omega Multiple Pairwise Alignment). The alignment indicates cysteine residues (e.g., sulfur atoms of cysteine residues) that “correspond to” one another (in boxes and indicated by the • symbol). One of skill in the art would readily be able to perform such an alignment with any IgG variant of the invention to determine the sulfur atom of a cysteine that corresponds to any sulfur atom of a particular cysteine of a particular SEQ ID NO. described herein (e.g., any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95). For example, one of skill in the art would readily be able to determine that Cys10 of SEQ ID NO: 10 (the first cysteine of the conserved CPPC motif of the hinge region of the Fc domain) corresponds to, for example, Cys109 of IgG1, Cys106 of IgG2, Cys156 of IgG3, Cys29 of SEQ ID NO: 1, Cys9 of SEQ ID NO: 2, Cys30 of SEQ ID NO: 3, or Cys10 of SEQ ID NO: 10.
[0720] In some embodiments, the Fc domain or Fc domain monomer of the invention has the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 39-95 may further include additional amino acids at the N-terminus (Xaa)x and/or additional amino acids at the C-terminus (Xaa)z, wherein Xaa is any amino acid and x and z are a whole number greater than or equal to zero, generally less than 100, preferably less than 10 and more preferably 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. In some embodiments, the additional amino acids are least 70% (e.g., 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100%) identical to one or more consecutive amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 103. For example, the additional amino acids may be a single amino acid on the C-terminus corresponding to Lys330 of IgG1 (SEQ ID NO: 121).
[0721] As used herein, a nitrogen atom “corresponding to” a particular lysine residue of a particular SEQ ID NO. should be understood to include the nitrogen atom of any lysine residue that one of skill in the art would understand to align to the particular lysine of the particular sequence. The protein sequence alignment of human IgG1 (UniProtKB: P01857; SEQ ID NO: 121), human IgG2 (UniProtKB: P01859; SEQ ID NO: 122), human IgG3 (UniProtKB: P01860; SEQ ID NO: 123), and human IgG4 (UniProtKB: P01861; SEQ ID NO: 124) is provided below (aligned with Clustal Omega Multiple Pairwise Alignment). The alignment indicates lysine residues (e.g., nitrogen atoms of lysine residues) that “correspond to” one another (in boxes and indicated by the * symbol). One of skill in the art would readily be able to perform such an alignment with any IgG variant of the invention to determine the nitrogen atom of a lysine that corresponds to any nitrogen atom of a particular lysine of a particular SEQ ID NO. described herein (e.g., any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95). For example, one of skill in the art would readily be able to determine that Lys35 of SEQ ID NO: 10 corresponds to, for example, Lys129 of IgG1, Lys126 of IgG2, Lys176 of IgG3, Lys51 of SEQ ID NO: 1, Lys31 of SEQ ID NO: 2, Lys50 of SEQ ID NO: 3, or Lys30 of SEQ ID NO: 10.
Protein Sequence Alignment of IgG1 (SEQ ID NO: 121), IgG2 (SEQ ID NO: 122), IgG3 (SEQ ID NO: 123), and IgG4 (SEQ ID NO: 124)
[0722]
TABLE-US-00004
[0723] In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer includes less than about 300 amino acid residues (e.g., less than about 300, less than about 295, less than about 290, less than about 285, less than about 280, less than about 275, less than about 270, less than about 265, less than about 260, less than about 255, less than about 250, less than about 245, less than about 240, less than about 235, less than about 230, less than about 225, or less than about 220 amino acid residues). In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer is less than about 40 kDa (e.g., less than about 35 kDa, less than about 30 kDa, less than about 25 kDa).
[0724] In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer includes at least 200 amino acid residues (e.g., at least 210, at least 220, at least 230, at least 240, at least 250, at least 260, at least 270, at least 280, at least 290, or at least 300 amino residues). In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer is at least 20 kDa (e.g., at least 25 kDa, at least 30 kDa, or at least 35 kDa).
[0725] In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer includes 200 to 400 amino acid residues (e.g., 200 to 250, 250 to 300, 300 to 350, 350 to 400, 200 to 300, 250 to 350, or 300 to 400 amino acid residues). In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer is 20 to 40 kDa (e.g., 20 to 25 kDa, 25 to 30 kDa, 35 to 40 kDa, 20 to 30 kDa, 25 to 35 kDa, or 30 to 40 KDa).
[0726] In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer includes an amino acid sequence at least 90% identical (e.g., at least 95%, at least 98%) to the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95, or a region thereof. In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer includes the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95, or a region thereof.
[0727] In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer includes a region of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95, wherein the region includes positions 220, 252, 254, and 256. In some embodiments, the region includes at least 40 amino acid residues, at least 50 amino acid residues, at least 60 amino acid residues, at least 70 amino acids residues, at least 80 amino acids residues, at least 90 amino acid residues, at least 100 amino acid residues, at least 110 amino acid residues, at least 120 amino residues, at least 130 amino acid residues, at least 140 amino acid residues, at least 150 amino acid residues, at least 160 amino acid residues, at least 170 amino acid residues, at least 180 amino acid residues, at least 190 amino acid residues, or at least 200 amino acid residues.
Activation of Immune Cells
[0728] Fc-gamma receptors (FcγRs) bind the Fc portion of immunoglobulin G (IgG) and play important roles in immune activation and regulation. For example, the IgG Fc domains in immune complexes (ICs) engage FcγRs with high avidity, thus triggering signaling cascades that regulate immune cell activation. The human FcγR family contains several activating receptors (FcγRI, FcγRIIa, FcγRIIc, FcγRIIIa, and FcγRIIIb) and one inhibitory receptor (FcγRIIb). FcγR signaling is mediated by intracellular domains that contain immune tyrosine activating motifs (ITAMs) for activating FcγRs and immune tyrosine inhibitory motifs (ITIM) for inhibitory receptor FcγRIIb. In some embodiments, FcγR binding by Fc domains results in ITAM phosphorylation by Src family kinases; this activates Syk family kinases and induces downstream signaling networks, which include PI3K and Ras pathways.
[0729] In the conjugates described herein, the portion of the conjugates including monomers or dimers of gp120 binders bind to and inhibits viral gp120 receptor leading to inhibition of viral replication, while the Fc domain portion of the conjugates bind to FcγRs (e.g., FcRn, FcγRI, FcγRIIa, FcγRIIc, FcγRIIIa, and FcγRIIIb) on immune cells and activate phagocytosis and effector functions, such as antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC), thus leading to the engulfment and destruction of viral particles by immune cells and further enhancing the antiviral activity of the conjugates. Examples of immune cells that may be activated by the conjugates described herein include, but are not limited to, macrophages, neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils, lymphocytes, follicular dendritic cells, natural killer cells, and mast cells.
Tissue Distribution
[0730] After a therapeutic enters the systemic circulation, it is distributed to the body's tissues. Distribution is generally uneven because of different in blood perfusion, tissue binding, regional pH, and permeability of cell membranes. The entry rate of a drug into a tissue depends on the rate of blood flow to the tissue, tissue mass, and partition characteristics between blood and tissue. Distribution equilibrium (when the entry and exit rates are the same) between blood and tissue is reached more rapidly in richly vascularized areas, unless diffusion across cell membranes is the rate-limiting step. The size, shape, charge, target binding, FcRn and target binding mechanisms, route of administration, and formulation affect tissue distribution.
[0731] In some instances, the conjugates described herein may be optimized to distribute to lung tissue. In some instances, the conjugates have a concentration ratio of distribution in epithelial lining fluid of at least 30% the concentration of the conjugate in plasma within 2 hours after administration. In certain embodiments, ratio of the concentration is at least 45% within 2 hours after administration. In some embodiments, the ratio of concentration is at least 55% within 2 hours after administration. In particular, the ratio of concentration is at least 60% within 2 hours after administration. As shown in Example 35 and
IV. Albumin Proteins and Albumin Protein-Binding Peptides
Albumin Proteins
[0732] An albumin protein of the invention may be a naturally-occurring albumin or a variant thereof, such as an engineered variant of a naturally-occurring albumin protein. Variants include polymorphisms, fragments such as domains and sub-domains, and fusion proteins. An albumin protein may include the sequence of an albumin protein obtained from any source. Preferably the source is mammalian, such as human or bovine. Most preferably, the albumin protein is human serum albumin (HSA), or a variant thereof. Human serum albumins include any albumin protein having an amino acid sequence naturally occurring in humans, and variants thereof. An albumin protein coding sequence is obtainable by methods know to those of skill in the art for isolating and sequencing cDNA corresponding to human genes. An albumin protein of the invention may include the amino acid sequence of human serum albumin (HSA), provided in SEQ ID NO: 96 or SEQ ID NO: 97, or the amino acid sequence of mouse serum albumin (MSA), provided in SEQ ID NO: 98, or a variant or fragment thereof, preferably a functional variant or fragment thereof. A fragment or variant may or may not be functional, or may retain the function of albumin to some degree. For example, a fragment or variant may retain the ability to bind to an albumin receptor, such as HSA or MSA, by at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or 105% of the ability of the parent albumin (e.g., the parent albumin from which the fragment or variant is derived). Relative binding ability may be determined by methods known in the art, such as by surface plasmon resonance.
[0733] The albumin protein may be a naturally-occurring polymorphic variant of an albumin protein, such as human serum albumin. Generally, variants or fragments of human serum albumin will have at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, or 70%, and preferably 80%, 90%, 95%, 100%, or 105% or more of human serum albumin or mouse serum albumin's ligand binding activity.
[0734] The albumin protein may include the amino acid sequence of bovine serum albumin. Bovine serum albumin proteins include any albumin having an amino acid sequence naturally occurring in cows, for example, as described by Swissprot accession number P02769, and variants thereof as defined herein. Bovine serum albumin proteins also includes fragments of full-length bovine serum albumin or variants thereof, as defined herein.
[0735] The albumin protein may comprise the sequence of an albumin derived from one of serum albumin from dog (e.g., Swissprot accession number P49822-1), pig (e.g., Swissprot accession number P08835-1), goat (e.g., Sigma product no. A2514 or A4164), cat (e.g., Swissprot accession number P49064-1), chicken (e.g., Swissprot accession number P19121-1), ovalbumin (e.g., chicken ovalbumin) (e.g., Swissprot accession number P01012-1), turkey ovalbumin (e.g., Swissprot accession number O73860-1), donkey (e.g., Swissprot accession number Q5XLE4-1), guinea pig (e.g., Swissprot accession number Q6WDN9-1), hamster (e.g., as described in DeMarco et al. International Journal for Parasitology 37(11): 1201-1208 (2007)), horse (e.g., Swissprot accession number P35747-1), rhesus monkey (e.g., Swissprot accession number Q28522-1), mouse (e.g., Swissprot accession number P07724-1), pigeon (e.g., as defined by Khan et al. Int. J. Biol. Macromol. 30(3-4), 171-8 (2002)), rabbit (e.g., Swissprot accession number P49065-1), rat (e.g., Swissprot accession number P02770-1) or sheep (e.g., Swissprot accession number P14639-1), and includes variants and fragments thereof as defined herein.
[0736] Many naturally-occurring mutant forms of albumin are known to those skilled in the art. Naturally-occurring mutant forms of albumin are described in, for example, Peters, et al. All About Albumin: Biochemistry, Genetics and Medical Applications, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, Calif., p. 170-181 (1996).
[0737] Albumin proteins of the invention include variants of naturally-occurring albumin proteins. A variant albumin refers to an albumin protein having at least one amino acid mutation, such as an amino acid mutation generated by an insertion, deletion, or substitution, either conservative or non-conservative, provided that such changes result in an albumin protein for which at least one basic property has not been significantly altered (e.g., has not been altered by more than 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, or 40%). Exemplary properties which may define the activity of an albumin protein include binding activity (e.g., including binding specificity or affinity to bilirubin, or a fatty acid such as a long-chain fatty acid), osmolarity, or behavior in a certain pH-range.
[0738] Typically an albumin protein variant will have at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, and preferably at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% amino acid sequence identity with a naturally-occurring albumin protein, such as the albumin protein of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 96-98.
[0739] Methods for the production and purification of recombinant human albumins are well-established (Sleep et al. Biotechnology, 8(1):42-6 (1990)), and include the production of recombinant human albumin for pharmaceutical applications (Bosse et al. J Clin Pharmacol 45(1):57-67 (2005)). The three-dimensional structure of HSA has been elucidated by X-ray crystallography (Carter et al. Science. 244(4909): 1195-8(1998)); Sugio et al. Protein Eng. 12(6):439-46 (1999)). The HSA polypeptide chain has 35 cysteine residues, which form 17 disulfide bonds, and one unpaired (e.g., free) cysteine at position 34 of the mature protein. Cys-34 of HSA has been used for conjugation of molecules to albumin (Leger et al. Bioorg Med Chem Lett 14(17):4395-8 (2004); Thibaudeau et al. Bioconjug Chem 16(4):1000-8 (2005)), and provides a site for site-specific conjugation.
TABLE-US-00005 (Human serum albumin (HSA), variant 1) SEQ ID NO: 96 DAHKSEVAHRFKDLGEENFKALVLIAFAQYLQQCPFEDHVKLVNEVTEFA KTCVADESAENCDKSLHTLFGDKLCTVATLRETYGEMADCCAKQEPERNE CFLQHKDDNPNLPRLVRPEVDVMCTAFHDNEETFLKKYLYEIARRHPYFY APELLFFAKRYKAAFTECCQAADKAACLLPKLDELRDEGKASSAKQRLKC ASLQKFGERAFKAWAVARLSQRFPKAEFAEVSKLVTDLTKVHTECCHGDL LECADDRADLAKYICENQDSISSKLKECCEKPLLEKSHCIAEVENDEMPA DLPSLAADFVESKDVCKNYAEAKDVFLGMFLYEYARRHPDYSVVLLLRLA KTYETTLEKCCAAADPHECYAKVFDEFKPLVEEPQNLIKQNCELFEQLGE YKFQNALLVRYTKKVPQVSTPTLVEVSRNLGKVGSKCCKHPEAKRMPCAE DYLSVVLNQLCVLHEKTPVSDRVTKCCTESLVNRRPCFSALEVDETYVPK EFNAETFTFHADICTLSEKERQIKKQTALVELVKHKPKATKEQLKAVMDD FAAFVEKCCKADDKETCFAEEGKKLVAASQAALGL (Human serum albumin (HSA), variant 2) SEQ ID NO: 97 RGVFRRDAHKSEVAHRFKDLGEENFKALVLIAFAQYLQQCPFEDHVKLVN EVTEFAKTCVADESAENCDKSLHTLFGDKLCTVATLRETYGEMADCCAKQ EPERNECFLQHKDDNPNLPRLVRPEVDVMCTAFHDNEETFLKKYLYEIAR RHPYFYAPELLFFAKRYKAAFTECCQAADKAACLLPKLDELRDEGKASSA KQRLKCASLQKFGERAFKAWAVARLSQRFPKAEFAEVSKLVTDLTKVHTE CCHGDLLECADDRADLAKYICENQDSISSKLKECCEKPLLEKSHCIAEVE NDEMPADLPSLAADFVESKDVCKNYAEAKDVFLGMFLYEYARRHPDYSVV LLLRLAKTYETTLEKCCAAADPHECYAKVFDEFKPLVEEPQNLIKQNCEL FEQLGEYKFQNALLVRYTKKVPQVSTPTLVEVSRNLGKVGSKCCKHPEAK RMPCAEDYLSVVLNQLCVLHEKTPVSDRVTKCCTESLVNRRPCFSALEVD ETYVPKEFNAETFTFHADICTLSEKERQIKKQTALVELVKHKPKATKEQL KAVMDDFAAFVEKCCKADDKETCFAEEGKKLVAASQAALGL (Mouse serum albumin (MSA)) SEQ ID NO: 98 RGVFRREAHKSEIAHRYNDLGEQHFKGLVLIAFSQYLQKCSYDEHAKLVQ EVTDFAKTCVADESAANCDKSLHTLFGDKLCAIPNLRENYGELADCCTKQ EPERNECFLQHKDDNPSLPPFERPEAEAMCTSFKENPTTFMGHYLHEVAR RHPYFYAPELLYYAEQYNEILTQCCAEADKESCLTPKLDGVKEKALVSSV RQRMKCSSMQKFGERAFKAWAVARLSQTFPNADFAEITKLATDLTKVNKE CCHGDLLECADDRAELAKYMCENQATISSKLQTCCDKPLLKKAHCLSEVE HDTMPADLPAIAADFVEDQEVCKNYAEAKDVFLGTFLYEYSRRHPDYSVS LLLRLAKKYEATLEKCCAEANPPACYGTVLAEFQPLVEEPKNLVKTNCDL YEKLGEYGFQNAILVRYTQKAPQVSTPTLVEAARNLGRVGTKCCTLPEDQ RLPCVEDYLSAILNRVCLLHEKTPVSEHVTKCCSGSLVERRPCFSALTVD ETYVPKEFKAETFTFHSDICTLPEKEKQIKKQTALAELVKHKPKATAEQL KTVMDDFAQFLDTCCKAADKDTCFSTEGPNLVTRCKDALA
Conjugation of Albumin Proteins
[0740] An albumin protein of the invention may be conjugated to (e.g., by way of a covalent bond) to any compound of the invention (e.g., by way of the linker portion of a gp120 binder monomer or dimer). The albumin protein may be conjugated to any compound of the invention by any method well-known to those of skill in the art for producing small-molecule-protein conjugates. This may include covalent conjugation to a solvent-exposed amino acid, such as a solvent exposed cysteine or lysine. For example, human serum albumin may be conjugated to a compound of the invention by covalent linkage to the sulfur atom corresponding to Cys34 of SEQ ID NO: 96 or Cys40 of SEQ ID NO: 97.
[0741] An albumin protein of the invention may be conjugated to any compound of the invention by way of an amino acid located within 10 amino acid residues of the C-terminal or N-terminal end of the albumin protein. An albumin protein may include a C-terminal or N-terminal polypeptide fusion of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, or 20 or more amino acid. The C-terminal or N-terminal polypeptide fusion may include one or more solvent-exposed cysteine or lysine residues, which may be used for covalent conjugation of a compound of the invention (e.g., conjugation to a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, including by way of a linker).
[0742] Albumin proteins of the invention include any albumin protein which has been engineered to include one or more solvent-exposed cysteine or lysine residues, which may provide a site for conjugation to a compound of the invention (e.g., conjugation to a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, including by way of a linker). Most preferably, the albumin protein will contain a single solvent-exposed cysteine or lysine, thus enabling site-specific conjugation of a compound of the invention.
[0743] Exemplary methods for the production of engineered variants of albumin proteins that include one or more conjugation-competent cysteine residues are provided in U.S. Patent Application No. 2017/0081389, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Briefly, preferred albumin protein variants are those comprising a single, solvent-exposed, unpaired (e.g., free) cysteine residue, thus enabling site-specific conjugation of a linker to the cysteine residue.
[0744] Albumin proteins which have been engineered to enable chemical conjugation to a solvent-exposed, unpaired cysteine residue include the following albumin protein variants: [0745] (a) an albumin protein having a substitution of a non-cysteine amino acid residue with a cysteine at an amino acid residue corresponding to any of L585, D1, A.sub.2, D562, A364, A504, E505, T79, E86, D129, D549, A581, D121, E82, S270, Q397, and A578 of SEQ ID NO: 96; [0746] (b) an albumin protein having an insertion of a cysteine at a position adjacent the N- or C-terminal side of an amino acid residue corresponding to any of L585, D1, A.sub.2, D562, A364, A504, E505, T79, E86, D129, D549, A581, D121, E82, S270, Q397, and A578 of SEQ ID NO: 96; [0747] (c) an albumin protein engineered to have an unpaired cysteine having a free thiol group at a residue corresponding to any of C369, C361, C91, C177, C567, C316, C75, C169, C124, or C558 of SEQ ID NO: 96, and which may or may not be generated by deletion or substitution of a residue corresponding to C360, C316, C75, C168, C558, C361, C91, C124, C169, or C567 of SEQ ID NO: 96; and/or [0748] (d) addition of a cysteine to the N- or C-terminus of an albumin protein.
[0749] In some embodiments of the invention, the net result of the substitution, deletion, addition, or insertion events of (a), (b), (c) and/or (d) is that the number of conjugation competent cysteine residues of the polypeptide sequence is increased relative to the parent albumin sequence. In some embodiments of the invention, the net result of the substitution, deletion, addition, or insertion events of (a), (b), (c) and/or (d) is that the number of conjugation competent-cysteine residues of the polypeptide sequence is one, thus enabling site-specific conjugation.
[0750] Preferred albumin protein variants also include albumin proteins having a single solvent-exposed lysine residue, thus enabling site-specific conjugation of a linker to the lysine residue. Such variants may be generated by engineering an albumin protein, including any of the methods previously described (e.g., insertion, deletion, substitution, or C-terminal or N-terminal fusion).
Albumin Protein-Binding Peptides
[0751] Conjugation of a biologically-active compound to an albumin protein-binding peptide can alter the pharmacodynamics of the biologically-active compound, including the alteration of tissue uptake, penetration, and diffusion. In a preferred embodiment, conjugation of an albumin protein-binding peptide to a compound of the invention (e.g., a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, by way of a linker) increases the efficacy or decreases the toxicity of the compound, as compared to the compound alone.
[0752] Albumin protein-binding peptides of the invention include any polypeptide having an amino acid sequence of 5 to 50 (e.g., 5 to 40, 5 to 30, 5 to 20, 5 to 15, 5 to 10, 10 to 50, 10 to 30, or 10 to 20) amino acid residues that has affinity for and functions to bind an albumin protein, such as any of the albumin proteins described herein. Preferably, the albumin protein-binding peptide binds to a naturally occurring serum albumin, most preferably human serum albumin. An albumin protein-binding peptide can be of different origins, e.g., synthetic, human, mouse, or rat. Albumin protein-binding peptides of the invention include albumin protein-binding peptides which have been engineered to include one or more (e.g., two, three, four, or five) solvent-exposed cysteine or lysine residues, which may provide a site for conjugation to a compound of the invention (e.g., conjugation to a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, including by way of a linker). Most preferably, the albumin protein-binding peptide will contain a single solvent-exposed cysteine or lysine, thus enabling site-specific conjugation of a compound of the invention. Albumin protein-binding peptides may include only naturally occurring amino acid residues, or may include one or more non-naturally occurring amino acid residues. Where included, a non-naturally occurring amino acid residue (e.g., the side chain of a non-naturally occurring amino acid residue) may be used as the point of attachment for a compound of the invention (e.g., a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, including by way of a linker). Albumin protein-binding peptides of the invention may be linear or cyclic. Albumin protein-binding peptides of the invention include any albumin protein-binding peptides known to one of skill in the art, examples of which, are provided herein.
[0753] Albumin protein-binding peptide, and conjugates including an albumin protein-binding peptide, preferably bind an albumin protein (e.g., human serum albumin) with an affinity characterized by a dissociation constant, Kd, that is less than about 100 μM, preferably less than about 100 nM, and most preferably do not substantially bind other plasma proteins. Specific examples of such compounds are linear or cyclic peptides, preferably between about 10 and 20 amino acid residues in length, optionally modified at the N-terminus or C-terminus or both.
[0754] Albumin protein-binding peptides include linear and cyclic peptides comprising the following general formulae, wherein Xaa is any amino acid:
TABLE-US-00006 SEQ ID NO: 101 Xaa-Xaa-Cys-Xaa-Xaa-Xaa-Xaa-Xaa-Cys-Xaa-Xaa-Phe- Cys-Xaa-Asp-Trp-Pro-Xaa-Xaa-Xaa-Ser-Cys SEQ ID NO: 102 Val-Cys-Tyr-Xaa-Xaa-Xaa-Ile-Cys-Phe SEQ ID NO: 103 Cys-Tyr-Xaa-Pro-Gly-Xaa-Cys SEQ ID NO: 104 Asp-Xaa-Cys-Leu-Pro-Xaa-Trp-Gly-Cys-Leu-Trp SEQ ID NO: 105 Trp-Cys-Asp-Xaa-Xaa-Leu-Xaa-Ala-Xaa-Asp-Leu-Cys SEQ ID NO: 106 Asp-Leu-Val-Xaa-Leu-Gly-Leu-Glu-Cys-Trp
[0755] Albumin protein-binding peptides of the invention further include any of the following peptide sequences, which may be linear or cyclic:
TABLE-US-00007 SEQ ID NO: 107 DLCLRDWGCLW SEQ ID NO: 108 DICLPRWGCLW SEQ ID NO: 109 MEDICLPRWGCLWGD SEQ ID NO: 110 QRLMEDICLPRWGCLWEDDE SEQ ID NO: 111 QGLIGDICLPRWGCLWGRSV SEQ ID NO: 112 QGLIGDICLPRWGCLWGRSVK SEQ ID NO: 113 EDICLPRWGCLWEDD SEQ ID NO: 114 RLMEDICLPRWGCLWEDD SEQ ID NO: 115 MEDICLPRWGCLWEDD SEQ ID NO: 116 MEDICLPRWGCLWED SEQ ID NO: 117 RLMEDICLARWGCLWEDD SEQ ID NO: 118 EVRSFCTRWPAEKSCKPLRG SEQ ID NO: 119 RAPESFVCYVVETICFERSEQ SEQ ID NO: 120 EMCYFPGICWM
[0756] Albumin protein-binding peptides of SEQ ID NOs: 101-120 may further include additional amino acids at the N-terminus (Xaa)x and/or additional amino acids at the C-terminus (Xaa)z, wherein Xaa is any amino acid and x and z are a whole number greater or equal to zero, generally less than 100, preferably less than 10, and more preferably 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5.
[0757] Further exemplary albumin protein-binding peptides are provided in U.S. Patent Application No. 2005/0287153, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Conjugation of Albumin Protein-Binding Peptides
[0758] An albumin protein-binding peptide of the invention may be conjugated to (e.g., by way of a covalent bond) to any compound of the invention (e.g., by way of the linker portion of a gp120 binder monomer or dimer). The albumin protein-binding peptide may be conjugated to any compound of the invention by any method known to those of skill in the art for producing peptide-small molecule conjugates. This may include covalent conjugation to the side chain group of an amino acid residue, such as a cysteine, a lysine, or a non-natural amino acid. Alternately, covalent conjugation may occur at the C-terminus (e.g., to the C-terminal carboxylic acid, or to the side chain group of the C-terminal residue) or at the N-terminus (e.g., to the N-terminal amino group, or to the side chain group of the N-terminal amino acid).
V. Linkers
[0759] A linker refers to a linkage or connection between two or more components in a conjugate described herein (e.g., between two gp120 binders in a conjugate described herein, between a gp120 binder and an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein in a conjugate described herein, and between a dimer of two gp120 binders and an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain or an albumin protein in a conjugate described herein).
Linkers in Conjugates Having an Fc Domain Monomer, an Fc Domain, or an Albumin Protein Covalently Linked to Dimers of Gp120 Binders
[0760] In a conjugate containing an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide covalently linked to one or more dimers of gp120 binders as described herein, a linker in the conjugate (e.g., L or L′) may be a branched structure. As described further herein, a linker in a conjugate described herein (e.g., L or L′) may be a multivalent structure, e.g., a divalent or trivalent structure having two or three arms, respectively. In some embodiments when the linker has three arms, two of the arms may be attached to the first and second gp120 binders and the third arm may be attached to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide. In some embodiments when the linker has two arms, one arm may be attached to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein and the other arm may be attached to one of the two gp120 binders. In other embodiments, a linker with three arms may be used to attach the two gp120 binders on a conjugate containing an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or albumin protein covalently linked to one or more dimers of gp120 binders.
[0761] In some embodiments, a linker in a conjugate having an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein covalently linked to one or more dimers of gp120 binders is described by formula (D-L-I):
##STR00376##
wherein L.sup.A is described by formula G.sup.A1-(Z.sup.A1).sub.g1—(Y.sup.A1).sub.h1—(Z.sup.A2).sub.i1—(Y.sup.A2).sub.j1—(Z.sup.A3).sub.k1—(Y.sup.A3).sub.l1-(Z.sup.A4).sub.m1- (Y.sup.A4).sub.n1-(Z.sup.A5)O.sub.1-G.sup.A2; L.sup.B is described by formula G.sup.B1-(Z.sup.B1).sub.g2-(Y.sup.B1).sub.h2-(Z.sup.B2).sub.i2-(Y.sup.B2).sub.j2-(Z.sup.B3).sub.k2-(Y.sup.B3).sub.l2-(Z.sup.B4).sub.m2-(Y.sup.B4).sub.n2-(Z.sup.B5)o.sub.2-G.sup.B2; L.sup.C is described by formula G.sup.C1-(Z.sup.C1).sub.g3-(Y.sup.C1).sub.h3-(Z.sup.C2).sub.i3-(Y.sup.C2).sub.j3-(Z.sup.C3).sub.k3-(Y.sup.C3).sub.l3-(Z.sup.C4).sub.m3-(Y.sup.C4).sub.n3-(Z.sup.C5)o.sub.3-G.sup.C2; G.sup.A1 is a bond attached to Q.sup.i in formula (D-L-I); G.sup.A2 is a bond attached to the first gp120 binder (e.g., A1); G.sup.B1 is a bond attached to Q.sup.i in formula (D-L-I); G.sup.B2 is a bond attached to the second gp120 binder (e.g., A.sub.2); G.sup.C1 is a bond attached to Q.sup.i in formula (D-L-I); G.sup.C2 is a bond attached to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide or a functional group capable of reacting with a functional group conjugated to E (e.g., maleimide and cysteine, amine and activated carboxylic acid, thiol and maleimide, activated sulfonic acid and amine, isocyanate and amine, azide and alkyne, and alkene and tetrazine); each of Z.sup.A1, Z.sup.A2, Z.sup.A3, Z.sup.A4, Z.sup.A5, Z.sup.B1, Z.sup.B2, Z.sup.B3, Z.sup.B4, Z.sup.B5 Z.sup.C1, Z.sup.C2, Z.sup.C3, Z.sup.C4, and Z.sup.C5 is, independently, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 arylene, or optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroarylene; each of Y.sup.A1, Y.sup.A2, Y.sup.A3, Y.sup.A4, Y.sup.B1, Y.sup.B2, Y.sup.B3, Y.sup.B4, Y.sup.C1, Y.sup.C2, Y.sup.C3, and Y.sup.C4 is, independently, O, S, NR.sup.i, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino; R.sup.i is H, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, or optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl; each of g1, h1, i1, j1, k1, l1, m1, n1, o1, g2, h2, i2, j2, k2, l2, m2, n2, o2, g3, h3, i3, j3, k3, l3, m3, n3, and o3 is, independently, 0 or 1; Q is a nitrogen atom, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20alkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 arylene, or optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroarylene.
[0762] In some embodiments, optionally substituted includes substitution with a polyethylene glycol (PEG). A PEG has a repeating unit structure (—CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O—).sub.n, wherein n is an integer from 2 to 100. A polyethylene glycol may be selected from any one of PEG.sub.2 to PEG.sub.100 (e.g., PEG.sub.2, PEG.sub.3, PEG.sub.4, PEG.sub.5, PEG.sub.5-PEG.sub.10, PEG.sub.10-PEG.sub.20, PEG.sub.20-PEG.sub.30, PEG.sub.30-PEG.sub.40, PEG.sub.50-PEG.sub.60, PEG.sub.60-PEG.sub.70, PEG.sub.70-PEG.sub.80, PEG.sub.80-PEG.sub.90, PEG.sub.90-PEG.sub.100).
[0763] In some embodiments, L.sup.C may have two points of attachment to the Fc domain (e.g., two G.sup.C2).
[0764] In some embodiments, L includes a polyethylene glycol (PEG) linker. A PEG linker includes a linker having the repeating unit structure (—CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O—).sub.n, where n is an integer from 2 to 100. A polyethylene glycol linker may covalently join a gp120 binder and E (e.g., in a conjugate of any one of formulas (M-I)-(M-X)). A polyethylene glycol linker may covalently join a first gp120 binder and a second gp120 binder (e.g., in a conjugate of any one of formulas (D-I)-(D-X)). A polyethylene glycol linker may covalently join a gp120 binder dimer and E (e.g., in a conjugate of any one of formulas (D-I)-(D-X)). A polyethylene glycol linker may be selected from any one of PEG.sub.2 to PEG.sub.100 (e.g., PEG.sub.2, PEG.sub.3, PEG.sub.4, PEG.sub.5, PEG.sub.5-PEG.sub.10, PEG.sub.10-PEG.sub.20, PEG.sub.20-PEG.sub.30, PEG.sub.30-PEG.sub.40, PEG.sub.50-PEG.sub.60, PEG.sub.60-PEG.sub.70, PEG.sub.70-PEG.sub.80, PEG.sub.80-PEG.sub.90, PEG.sub.90-PEG.sub.100). In some embodiments, L.sup.C includes a PEG linker, where L.sup.C is covalently attached to each of Q.sup.i and E.
[0765] Linkers of formula (D-L-I) that may be used in conjugates described herein include, but are not limited to
##STR00377## ##STR00378## ##STR00379## ##STR00380## ##STR00381## ##STR00382## ##STR00383## ##STR00384## ##STR00385## ##STR00386## ##STR00387##
where z.sub.1, z.sub.2, y.sub.1, y.sub.2, y.sub.3, and y.sub.4 are each, independently, and integer from 1 to 20; and R.sub.9 is selected from H, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.20cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, and C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl.
[0766] Linkers of the formula (D-L-I) may also include any of
##STR00388## ##STR00389## ##STR00390## ##STR00391## ##STR00392##
Linkers in Conjugates Having an Fc Domain Monomer, an Fc Domain, or an Albumin Protein Covalently Linked to Monomers of Gp120 Binders
[0767] In a conjugate containing an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide covalently linked to one or more monomers of gp120 binders as described herein, a linker in the conjugate (e.g., L, or L′) may be a divalent structure having two arms. One arm in a divalent linker may be attached to the monomer of gp120 binder and the other arm may be attached to the Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide. In some embodiments, the one or more monomers of gp120 binders in the conjugates described herein may each be, independently, connected to an atom in the Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide.
[0768] In some embodiments, a linker is described by formula (M-L-I):
J.sup.1-(Q.sup.1).sub.g-(T.sup.1).sub.h-(Q.sup.2).sub.i-(T.sup.2).sub.j-(Q.sup.3).sub.k-(T.sup.3).sub.l-(Q.sup.4).sub.m-(T.sup.4).sub.n-(Q.sup.5).sub.o-J.sup.2
wherein J.sup.1 is a bond attached to a gp120 binder; J.sup.2 is a bond attached to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide, or a functional group capable of reacting with a functional group conjugated to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide (e.g., maleimide and cysteine, amine and activated carboxylic acid, thiol and maleimide, activated sulfonic acid and amine, isocyanate and amine, azide and alkyne, and alkene and tetrazene); each of Q.sup.1, Q.sup.2, Q.sup.3, Q.sup.4 and Q.sup.5 is, independently, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 arylene, or optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroarylene; each of T.sup.1, T.sup.2, T.sup.3, T.sup.4 is, independently, O, S, NR.sup.i, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino; R.sup.i is H, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, or optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl; and each of g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, and o is, independently, 0 or 1.
[0769] In some embodiments, optionally substituted includes substitution with a polyethylene glycol (PEG). A PEG has a repeating unit structure (—CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O—).sub.n, wherein n is an integer from 2 to 100. A polyethylene glycol may be selected from any one of PEG.sub.2 to PEG.sub.100 (e.g., PEG.sub.2, PEG.sub.3, PEG.sub.4, PEG.sub.5, PEG.sub.5-PEG.sub.10, PEG.sub.10-PEG.sub.20, PEG.sub.20-PEG.sub.30, PEG.sub.30-PEG.sub.40, PEG.sub.50-PEG.sub.60, PEG.sub.60-PEG.sub.70, PEG.sub.70-PEG.sub.80, PEG.sub.80-PEG.sub.90, PEG.sub.90-PEG.sub.100).
[0770] In some embodiments, J.sup.2 may have two points of attachment to the Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide (e.g., two J.sup.2).
[0771] Linkers of formula (M-L-1) that may be used in conjugates described herein include, but are not limited to,
##STR00393##
wherein d is an integer from 1 to 20 (e.g., d is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20).
[0772] Linkers of formula (M-L-1) that may be used in conjugates described herein include, but are not limited to,
##STR00394## ##STR00395## ##STR00396##
[0773] wherein each Y is independently selected from (—O—), (—S—), (—R.sub.8—), (—O(C═O)NR.sub.8—), (—O(C═S)NR.sub.8—), (—O(C═O)O—), (—O(C═O)—), (—NH(C═O)O—), (—NH(C═O)—), (—NH(C═NH)—), (—NH(C═O)NR.sub.8—), (—NH(C═NH)NR.sub.8—), (—NH(C═S)NR.sub.8—), (—NH(C═S)—), (—OCH.sub.2(C═O)NR.sub.8—), (—NH(SO.sub.2)—), (—NH(SO.sub.2)NR.sub.8—), (—OR.sub.9—), (—NR.sub.9—), (—SR.sub.9—), (—R.sub.9NH(C═O)—), (—R.sub.9OR.sub.9C(═O)NH—), (—CH.sub.2NH(C═O)—), (—CH.sub.2OCH.sub.2(C═O)NH—), (—(C═NR.sub.8)NH—), (—NH(SO.sub.2)—), (—(C═O)NH—), (—C(═O)—), (—C(NR.sub.8)—), or (—R.sub.9C(═O)—);
[0774] each R.sub.8 is independently selected from H, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, and optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.15 heteroaryl;
[0775] each R.sub.9 is independently selected from optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, and optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.15 heteroaryl; and
[0776] each of d, e, y.sub.1, and x.sub.1 is, independently, an integer from 1 to 26 (e.g., d is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, or 26).
Linking Groups
[0777] In some embodiments, a linker provides space, rigidity, and/or flexibility between the gp120 binders and the Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide in the conjugates described here or between two gp120 binders in the conjugates described herein. In some embodiments, a linker may be a bond, e.g., a covalent bond, e.g., an amide bond, a disulfide bond, a C—O bond, a C—N bond, a N—N bond, a C—S bond, or any kind of bond created from a chemical reaction, e.g., chemical conjugation. In some embodiments, a linker (L or L′ as shown in any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII) includes no more than 250 atoms (e.g., 1-2, 1-4, 1-6, 1-8, 1-10, 1-12, 1-14, 1-16, 1-18, 1-20, 1-25, 1-30, 1-35, 1-40, 1-45, 1-50, 1-55, 1-60, 1-65, 1-70, 1-75, 1-80, 1-85, 1-90, 1-95, 1-100, 1-110, 1-120, 1-130, 1-140, 1-150, 1-160, 1-170, 1-180, 1-190, 1-200, 1-210, 1-220, 1-230, 1-240, or 1-250 atom(s); 250, 240, 230, 220, 210, 200, 190, 180, 170, 160, 150, 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 95, 90, 85, 80, 75, 70, 65, 60, 55, 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 28, 26, 24, 22, 20, 18, 16, 14, 12, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 atom(s)). In some embodiments, a linker (L or L) includes no more than 250 non-hydrogen atoms (e.g., 1-2, 1-4, 1-6, 1-8, 1-10, 1-12, 1-14, 1-16, 1-18, 1-20, 1-25, 1-30, 1-35, 1-40, 1-45, 1-50, 1-55, 1-60, 1-65, 1-70, 1-75, 1-80, 1-85, 1-90, 1-95, 1-100, 1-110, 1-120, 1-130, 1-140, 1-150, 1-160, 1-170, 1-180, 1-190, 1-200, 1-210, 1-220, 1-230, 1-240, or 1-250 non-hydrogen atom(s); 250, 240, 230, 220, 210, 200, 190, 180, 170, 160, 150, 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 95, 90, 85, 80, 75, 70, 65, 60, 55, 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 28, 26, 24, 22, 20, 18, 16, 14, 12, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 non-hydrogen atom(s)). In some embodiments, the backbone of a linker (L or L) includes no more than 250 atoms (e.g., 1-2, 1-4, 1-6, 1-8, 1-10, 1-12, 1-14, 1-16, 1-18, 1-20, 1-25, 1-30, 1-35, 1-40, 1-45, 1-50, 1-55, 1-60, 1-65, 1-70, 1-75, 1-80, 1-85, 1-90, 1-95, 1-100, 1-110, 1-120, 1-130, 1-140, 1-150, 1-160, 1-170, 1-180, 1-190, 1-200, 1-210, 1-220, 1-230, 1-240, or 1-250 atom(s); 250, 240, 230, 220, 210, 200, 190, 180, 170, 160, 150, 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 95, 90, 85, 80, 75, 70, 65, 60, 55, 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 28, 26, 24, 22, 20, 18, 16, 14, 12, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 atom(s)). The “backbone” of a linker refers to the atoms in the linker that together form the shortest path from one part of the conjugate to another part of the conjugate. The atoms in the backbone of the linker are directly involved in linking one part of the conjugate to another part of the conjugate. For examples, hydrogen atoms attached to carbons in the backbone of the linker are not considered as directly involved in linking one part of the conjugate to another part of the conjugate.
[0778] Molecules that may be used to make linkers (L or L′) include at least two functional groups, e.g., two carboxylic acid groups. In some embodiments of a trivalent linker, two arms of a linker may contain two dicarboxylic acids, in which the first carboxylic acid may form a covalent linkage with the first gp120 binder in the conjugate and the second carboxylic acid may form a covalent linkage with the second gp120 binder in the conjugate, and the third arm of the linker may for a covalent linkage (e.g., a C—O bond) with an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide in the conjugate. In some embodiments of a divalent linker, the divalent linker may contain two carboxylic acids, in which the first carboxylic acid may form a covalent linkage with one component (e.g., a gp120 binder) in the conjugate and the second carboxylic acid may form a covalent linkage (e.g., a C—S bond or a C—N bond) with another component (e.g., an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide) in the conjugate.
[0779] In some embodiments, dicarboxylic acid molecules may be used as linkers (e.g., a dicarboxylic acid linker). For example, in a conjugate containing an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide covalently linked to one or more dimers of gp120 binders, the first carboxylic acid in a dicarboxylic acid molecule may form a covalent linkage with a hydroxyl or amine group of the first gp120 binder and the second carboxylic acid may form a covalent linkage with a hydroxyl or amine group of the second gp120 binder.
[0780] Examples of dicarboxylic acids molecules that may be used to form linkers include, but are not limited to,
##STR00397## ##STR00398## ##STR00399## ##STR00400##
wherein n is an integer from 1 to 20 (e.g., n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20).
[0781] Other examples of dicarboxylic acids molecules that may be used to form linkers include, but are not limited to,
##STR00401## ##STR00402## ##STR00403## ##STR00404##
[0782] In some embodiments, dicarboxylic acid molecules, such as the ones described herein, may be further functionalized to contain one or more additional functional groups. Dicarboxylic acids may be further functionalized, for example, to provide an attachment point to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide (e.g., by way of a linker, such as a PEG linker).
[0783] In some embodiments, when the gp120 binder is attached to Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide, the linking group may comprise a moiety comprising a carboxylic acid moiety and an amino moiety that are spaced by from 1 to 25 atoms. Examples of such linking groups include, but are not limited to,
##STR00405## ##STR00406##
wherein n is an integer from 1 to 20 (e.g., n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20).
[0784] In some embodiments, a linking group may include a moiety including a carboxylic acid moiety and an amino moiety, such as the ones described herein, may be further functionalized to contain one or more additional functional groups. Such linking groups may be further functionalized, for example, to provide an attachment point to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide (e.g., by way of a linker, such as a PEG linker).
[0785] In some embodiments, when the gp120 binder is attached to Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide, the linking group may comprise a moiety comprising two or amino moieties (e.g., a diamino moiety) that are spaced by from 1 to 25 atoms. Examples of such linking groups include, but are not limited to,
##STR00407## ##STR00408##
wherein n is an integer from 1 to 20 (e.g., n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20).
[0786] In some embodiments, a linking group may include a diamino moiety, such as the ones described herein, may be further functionalized to contain one or more additional functional groups. Such diamino linking groups may be further functionalized, for example, to provide an attachment point to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide (e.g., by way of a linker, such as a PEG linker).
[0787] In some embodiments, a molecule containing an azide group may be used to form a linker, in which the azide group may undergo cycloaddition with an alkyne to form a 1,2,3-triazole linkage. In some embodiments, a molecule containing an alkyne group may be used to form a linker, in which the alkyne group may undergo cycloaddition with an azide to form a 1,2,3-triazole linkage. In some embodiments, a molecule containing a maleimide group may be used to form a linker, in which the maleimide group may react with a cysteine to form a C—S linkage. In some embodiments, a molecule containing one or more haloalkyl groups may be used to form a linker, in which the haloalkyl group may form a covalent linkage, e.g., C—N and C—O linkages, with a gp120 binder.
[0788] In some embodiments, a linker (L or L′) may comprise a synthetic group derived from, e.g., a synthetic polymer (e.g., a polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymer). In some embodiments, a linker may comprise one or more amino acid residues. In some embodiments, a linker may be an amino acid sequence (e.g., a 1-25 amino acid, 1-10 amino acid, 1-9 amino acid, 1-8 amino acid, 1-7 amino acid, 1-6 amino acid, 1-5 amino acid, 1-4 amino acid, 1-3 amino acid, 1-2 amino acid, or 1 amino acid sequence). In some embodiments, a linker (L or L′) may include one or more optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkylene (e.g., a PEG unit), optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenylene (e.g., C.sub.2 alkenylene), optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkylene (e.g., cyclopropylene, cyclobutylene), optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 arylene (e.g., C.sub.6 arylene), optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroarylene (e.g., imidazole, pyridine), O, S, NR.sup.i (R.sup.i is H, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 alkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20alkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.4-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.8-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, or optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.15 heteroaryl), P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino.
Conjugation Chemistries
[0789] Gp120 binder monomers or dimers (e.g., in a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) may be conjugated to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide, e.g., by way of a linker, by any standard conjugation chemistries known to those of skill in the art. The following conjugation chemistries are specifically contemplated, e.g., for conjugation of a PEG linker (e.g., a functionalized PEG linker) to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide.
[0790] Covalent conjugation of two or more components in a conjugate using a linker may be accomplished using well-known organic chemical synthesis techniques and methods. Complementary functional groups on two components may react with each other to form a covalent bond. Examples of complementary reactive functional groups include, but are not limited to, e.g., maleimide and cysteine, amine and activated carboxylic acid, thiol and maleimide, activated sulfonic acid and amine, isocyanate and amine, azide and alkyne, and alkene and tetrazine. Site-specific conjugation to a polypeptide (e.g., an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide) may accomplished using techniques known in the art. Exemplary techniques for site-specific conjugation of a small molecule to an Fc domain are provided in Agarwall. P., et al. Bioconjugate Chem. 26:176-192 (2015).
[0791] Other examples of functional groups capable of reacting with amino groups include, e.g., alkylating and acylating agents. Representative alkylating agents include: (i) an α-haloacetyl group, e.g., XCH.sub.2CO— (where X=Br, Cl, or I); (ii) a N-maleimide group, which may react with amino groups either through a Michael type reaction or through acylation by addition to the ring carbonyl group; (iii) an aryl halide, e.g., a nitrohaloaromatic group; (iv) an alkyl halide; (v) an aldehyde or ketone capable of Schiff's base formation with amino groups; (vi) an epoxide, e.g., an epichlorohydrin and a bisoxirane, which may react with amino, sulfhydryl, or phenolic hydroxyl groups; (vii) a chlorine-containing of s-triazine, which is reactive towards nucleophiles such as amino, sulfhydryl, and hydroxyl groups; (viii) an aziridine, which is reactive towards nucleophiles such as amino groups by ring opening; (ix) a squaric acid diethyl ester; and (x) an α-haloalkyl ether.
[0792] Examples of amino-reactive acylating groups include, e.g., (i) an isocyanate and an isothiocyanate; (ii) a sulfonyl chloride; (iii) an acid halide; (iv) an active ester, e.g., a nitrophenylester or N-hydroxysuccinimidyl ester; (v) an acid anhydride, e.g., a mixed, symmetrical, or N-carboxyanhydride; (vi) an acylazide; and (vii) an imidoester. Aldehydes and ketones may be reacted with amines to form Schiffs bases, which may be stabilized through reductive amination.
[0793] It will be appreciated that certain functional groups may be converted to other functional groups prior to reaction, for example, to confer additional reactivity or selectivity. Examples of methods useful for this purpose include conversion of amines to carboxyls using reagents such as dicarboxylic anhydrides; conversion of amines to thiols using reagents such as N-acetylhomocysteine thiolactone, S-acetylmercaptosuccinic anhydride, 2-iminothiolane, or thiol-containing succinimidyl derivatives; conversion of thiols to carboxyls using reagents such as α-haloacetates; conversion of thiols to amines using reagents such as ethylenimine or 2-bromoethylamine; conversion of carboxyls to amines using reagents such as carbodiimides followed by diamines; and conversion of alcohols to thiols using reagents such as tosyl chloride followed by transesterification with thioacetate and hydrolysis to the thiol with sodium acetate.
[0794] In some embodiments, a linker of the invention (e.g., L or L′, such as L.sup.C of D-L-I), is conjugated (e.g., by any of the methods described herein) to E (e.g., an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or albumin protein). In preferred embodiments of the invention, the linker is conjugated by way of: (a) a thiourea linkage (i.e., —NH(C═S)NH—) to a lysine of E; (b) a carbamate linkage (i.e., —NH(C═O)—O) to a lysine of E; (c) an amine linkage by reductive amination (i.e., —NHCH.sub.2) between a lysine and E; (d) an amide (i.e., —NH—(C═O)CH.sub.2) to a lysine of E; (e) a cysteine-maleimide conjugate between a maleimide of the linker to a cysteine of E; (f) an amine linkage by reductive amination (i.e., —NHCH.sub.2) between the linker and a carbohydrate of E (e.g., a glycosyl group of an Fc domain monomer or an Fc domain); (g) a rebridged cysteine conjugate, wherein the linker is conjugated to two cysteines of E; (h) an oxime linkage between the linker and a carbohydrate of E (e.g., a glycosyl group of an Fc domain monomer or an Fc domain); (i) an oxime linkage between the linker and an amino acid residue of E; (j) an azido linkage between the linker and E; (k) direct acylation of a linker to E; or (I) a thioether linkage between the linker and E.
[0795] In some embodiments, a linker is conjugated to E, wherein the linkage includes the structure —NH(C═NH)X—, wherein X is O, HN, or a bond. In some embodiments, a linker is conjugated to E, wherein the linkage between the remainder of the linker and E includes the structure —NH(C═O)NH—.
[0796] In some embodiments, a linker is conjugated to E, wherein the linkage includes the structure —R.sub.9OR.sub.9C(═O)NH—, wherein R.sub.9 is H, optionally substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.20 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.20 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.sub.5-C.sub.15 aryl, or optionally substituted C.sub.2-C.sub.15 heteroaryl. In some embodiments, the linker is conjugated to E, wherein the linkage between the remainder of the linker and E includes the structure —CH.sub.2OCH.sub.2C(═O)NH—.
[0797] Exemplary linking strategies (e.g., methods for linking a monomer or a dimer of a gp120 binder to E, such as, by way of a linker) are further depicted in
[0798] In some embodiments, a linker (e.g., an active ester, e.g., a nitrophenylester or N-hydroxysuccinimidyl ester, or derivatives thereof (e.g., a functionalized PEG linker (e.g., azido-PEG.sub.2-PEG.sub.40-NHS ester), is conjugated to E, with a T of (e.g., DAR) of between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., about 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5.0, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7.0, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8.0, 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9.0, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, or 10.0. In these instances, the E-(PEG.sub.2-PEG.sub.40)-azide can react with an Int having a terminal alkyne linker (e.g., L, or L′, such as L.sup.C of D-L-I) through click conjugation. During click conjugation, the copper-catalyzed reaction of the an azide (e.g., the Fc-(PEG.sub.2-PEG.sub.40)-azide) with the alkyne (e.g., the Int having a terminal alkyne linker (e.g., L or L′, such as L.sup.C of D-L-I) forming a 5-membered heteroatom ring. In some embodiments, the linker conjugated to E is a terminal alkyne and is conjugated to an Int having a terminal azide. Exemplary preparations of preparations of E-(PEG.sub.2-PEG.sub.40)-azide are described in Examples 2, 3, and 12. One of skill in the art would readily understand the final product from a click chemistry conjugation.
[0799] Exemplary linking strategies (e.g., methods for linking a monomer or a dimer of a neuraminidase inhibitor to E, such as, byway of a linker) are further depicted in
VI. Combination Therapies
Antiviral Agents
[0800] In some embodiments, one or more antiviral agents may be administered in combination (e.g., administered substantially simultaneously (e.g., in the same pharmaceutical composition or in separate pharmaceutical compositions) or administered separately at different times) with a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)).
[0801] In some embodiments, the antiviral agent is an antiviral agent for the treatment of HIV. For example, the antiviral agent may be a nucleoside/nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitor, a gp120 inhibitor, a polymerase inhibitor, or a fusion protein inhibitor. The antiviral agent may target either the virus or the host subject. The antiviral agent for the treatment of HIV used in combination with a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) may be selected from an integrase inhibitor (e.g., dolutegravir, elvitegravir, or raltegravir), a nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI) (e.g., abacavir, lamivudine, zidovudine, emtricitabine, tenofovir, emtricitabine, didanosine, or stavudine), a non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI) (e.g., efavirenz, etravirine, nevirapine, rilpivirine, or delavirdine), a protease inhibitor (e.g., atazanavir, cobicistat, darunavir, cobicistat, lopinavir, ritonavir, fosamprenavir, tipranavir, nelfinavir, indinavir, or saquinavir), an inhibitor of viral entry (e.g., enfuviritide), a CCR5 antagonist (e.g., maraviroc), or a CYP3A inhibitor (e.g., cobicistat or ritonavir), or an siRNA targeting a host or viral gene, or prodrugs thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Antiviral Vaccines
[0802] In some embodiments, any one of conjugates described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) is administered in combination with an antiviral vaccine (e.g., a composition that elicits an immune response in a subject directed against a virus). The antiviral vaccine may be administered substantially simultaneously (e.g., in the same pharmaceutical composition or in separate pharmaceutical compositions) as the conjugates, or may be administered prior to or following the conjugates (e.g., within a period of 1 day, 2, days, 5, days, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 1 month, 2 months, 6 months, or 12 months, or more).
[0803] In some embodiments the viral vaccine includes an immunogen that elicits an immune response in the subject against HIV-1 or HIV-2. In some embodiments the vaccine is administered as a nasal spray.
VII. Methods
[0804] Methods described herein include, e.g., methods of protecting against or treating a viral infection (e.g., an HIV infection) in a subject and methods of preventing, stabilizing, or inhibiting the growth of viral particles. A method of treating a viral infection (e.g., an HIV infection) in a subject includes administering to the subject a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) or a pharmaceutical composition thereof. In some embodiments, the viral infection is cause by the human immunodeficiency virus (e.g., HIV-1 or HIV-2). In some embodiments, the viral infection is caused by a resistant strain of virus. A method of preventing, stabilizing, or inhibiting the growth of viral particles or preventing the replication and spread of the virus includes contacting the virus or a site susceptible to viral growth with a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
[0805] Moreover, methods described herein also include methods of protecting against or treating viral infection in a subject by administering to the subject a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)). In some embodiments, the method further includes administering to the subject an antiviral agent or an antiviral vaccine.
[0806] Methods described herein also include methods of protecting against or treating a viral infection in a subject by administering to said subject (1) a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) and (2) an antiviral agent or an antiviral vaccine. Methods described herein also include methods of preventing, stabilizing, or inhibiting the growth of viral particles or preventing the replication or spread of a virus, by contacting the virus or a site susceptible to viral growth with (1) a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) and (2) an antiviral agent or an antiviral vaccine.
[0807] In some embodiments, the conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) is administered first, followed by administering of the antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine alone. In some embodiments, the antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine is administered first, followed by administering of the conjugate described herein alone. In some embodiments, the conjugate described herein and the antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine are administered substantially simultaneously (e.g., in the same pharmaceutical composition or in separate pharmaceutical compositions). In some embodiments, the conjugate described herein or the antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine is administered first, followed by administering of the conjugate described herein and the antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine substantially simultaneously (e.g., in the same pharmaceutical composition or in separate pharmaceutical compositions). In some embodiments, the conjugate described herein and the antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine are administered first substantially simultaneously (e.g., in the same pharmaceutical composition or in separate pharmaceutical compositions), followed by administering of the conjugate described herein or the antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine alone. In some embodiments, when a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) and an antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine are administered together (e.g., substantially simultaneously in the same or separate pharmaceutical compositions, or separately in the same treatment regimen), inhibition of viral replication of each of the conjugate and the antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine may be greater (e.g., occur at a lower concentration) than inhibition of viral replication of each of the conjugate and the antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine when each is used alone in a treatment regimen.
VIII. Pharmaceutical Compositions and Preparations
[0808] A conjugate described herein may be formulated in a pharmaceutical composition for use in the methods described herein. In some embodiments, a conjugate described herein may be formulated in a pharmaceutical composition alone. In some embodiments, a conjugate described herein may be formulated in combination with an antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine in a pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition includes a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate described by any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients.
[0809] Acceptable carriers and excipients in the pharmaceutical compositions are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed. Acceptable carriers and excipients may include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, HEPES, and TAE, antioxidants such as ascorbic acid and methionine, preservatives such as hexamethonium chloride, octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride, resorcinol, and benzalkonium chloride, proteins such as human serum albumin, gelatin, dextran, and immunoglobulins, hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, amino acid residues such as glycine, glutamine, histidine, and lysine, and carbohydrates such as glucose, mannose, sucrose, and sorbitol.
[0810] Examples of other excipients include, but are not limited to, antiadherents, binders, coatings, compression aids, disintegrants, dyes, emollients, emulsifiers, fillers (diluents), film formers or coatings, flavors, fragrances, glidants (flow enhancers), lubricants, sorbents, suspensing or dispersing agents, or sweeteners. Exemplary excipients include, but are not limited to: butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate (dibasic), calcium stearate, croscarmellose, crosslinked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, citric acid, crospovidone, cysteine, ethylcellulose, gelatin, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, lactose, magnesium stearate, maltitol, mannitol, methionine, methylcellulose, methyl paraben, microcrystalline cellulose, polyethylene glycol, povidone, pregelatinized starch, propyl paraben, retinyl palmitate, shellac, silicon dioxide, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium citrate, sodium starch glycolate, sorbitol, starch (corn), stearic acid, stearic acid, sucrose, talc, titanium dioxide, vitamin A, vitamin E, vitamin C, and xylitol.
[0811] The conjugates herein may have ionizable groups so as to be capable of preparation as pharmaceutically acceptable salts. These salts may be acid addition salts involving inorganic or organic acids or the salts may, in the case of acidic forms of the conjugates herein be prepared from inorganic or organic bases. Frequently, the conjugates are prepared or used as pharmaceutically acceptable salts prepared as addition products of pharmaceutically acceptable acids or bases. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable acids and bases are well-known in the art, such as hydrochloric, sulphuric, hydrobromic, acetic, lactic, citric, or tartaric acids for forming acid addition salts, and potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide, caffeine, various amines, and the like for forming basic salts. Methods for preparation of the appropriate salts are well-established in the art.
[0812] Representative acid addition salts include, but are not limited to, acetate, adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptonate, hexanoate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, and valerate salts. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include, but are not limited to, sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium, as well as nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations, including, but not limited to ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, and ethylamine.
[0813] Depending on the route of administration and the dosage, a conjugate herein or a pharmaceutical composition thereof used in the methods described herein will be formulated into suitable pharmaceutical compositions to permit facile delivery. A conjugate (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) or a pharmaceutical composition thereof may be formulated to be administered intramuscularly, intravenously (e.g., as a sterile solution and in a solvent system suitable for intravenous use), intradermally, intraarterially, intraperitoneally, intralesionally, intracranially, intraarticularly, intraprostatically, intrapleurally, intratracheally, intranasally, intravitreally, intravaginally, intrarectally, topically, intratumorally, peritoneally, subcutaneously, subconjunctival, intravesicularlly, mucosally, intrapericardially, intraumbilically, intraocularally, orally (e.g., a tablet, capsule, caplet, gelcap, or syrup), topically (e.g., as a cream, gel, lotion, or ointment), locally, by inhalation, by injection, or by infusion (e.g., continuous infusion, localized perfusion bathing target cells directly, catheter, lavage, in cremes, or lipid compositions). Depending on the route of administration, a conjugate herein or a pharmaceutical composition thereof may be in the form of, e.g., tablets, capsules, pills, powders, granulates, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, gels including hydrogels, pastes, ointments, creams, plasters, drenches, osmotic delivery devices, suppositories, enemas, injectables, implants, sprays, preparations suitable for iontophoretic delivery, or aerosols. The compositions may be formulated according to conventional pharmaceutical practice.
[0814] A conjugate described herein may be formulated in a variety of ways that are known in the art. For use as treatment of human and animal subjects, a conjugate described herein can be formulated as pharmaceutical or veterinary compositions. Depending on the subject (e.g., a human) to be treated, the mode of administration, and the type of treatment desired, e.g., prophylaxis or therapy, a conjugate described herein is formulated in ways consonant with these parameters. A summary of such techniques is found in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 22nd Edition, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (2012); and Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, 4th Edition, J. Swarbrick and J. C. Boylan, Marcel Dekker, New York (2013), each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
[0815] Formulations may be prepared in a manner suitable for systemic administration or topical or local administration. Systemic formulations include those designed for injection (e.g., intramuscular, intravenous or subcutaneous injection) or may be prepared for transdermal, transmucosal, or oral administration. The formulation will generally include a diluent as well as, in some cases, adjuvants, buffers, and preservatives. The conjugates can be administered also in liposomal compositions or as microemulsions. Systemic administration may also include relatively noninvasive methods such as the use of suppositories, transdermal patches, transmucosal delivery and intranasal administration. Oral administration is also suitable for conjugates herein. Suitable forms include syrups, capsules, and tablets, as is understood in the art.
[0816] The pharmaceutical compositions can be administered parenterally in the form of an injectable formulation. Pharmaceutical compositions for injection can be formulated using a sterile solution or any pharmaceutically acceptable liquid as a vehicle. Formulations may be prepared as solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection or as emulsions. Pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles include, but are not limited to, sterile water, physiological saline, and cell culture media (e.g., Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium (DMEM), α-Modified Eagles Medium (α-MEM), F-12 medium). Such injectable compositions may also contain amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, such as sodium acetate and sorbitan monolaurate. Formulation methods are known in the art, see e.g., Pharmaceutical Preformulation and Formulation, 2nd Edition, M. Gibson, Taylor & Francis Group, CRC Press (2009).
[0817] The pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared in the form of an oral formulation. Formulations for oral use include tablets containing the active ingredient(s) in a mixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. These excipients may be, for example, inert diluents or fillers (e.g., sucrose, sorbitol, sugar, mannitol, microcrystalline cellulose, starches including potato starch, calcium carbonate, sodium chloride, lactose, calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, or sodium phosphate); granulating and disintegrating agents (e.g., cellulose derivatives including microcrystalline cellulose, starches including potato starch, croscarmellose sodium, alginates, or alginic acid); binding agents (e.g., sucrose, glucose, sorbitol, acacia, alginic acid, sodium alginate, gelatin, starch, pregelatinized starch, microcrystalline cellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, or polyethylene glycol); and lubricating agents, glidants, and antiadhesives (e.g., magnesium stearate, zinc stearate, stearic acid, silicas, hydrogenated vegetable oils, or talc). Formulations for oral use may also be provided as chewable tablets, or as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent (e.g., potato starch, lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin), or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil. Powders, granulates, and pellets may be prepared using the ingredients mentioned above under tablets and capsules in a conventional manner using, e.g., a mixer, a fluid bed apparatus, or a spray drying equipment.
[0818] Other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients for oral formulations include, but are not limited to, colorants, flavoring agents, plasticizers, humectants, and buffering agents. Formulations for oral use may also be provided as chewable tablets, or as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent (e.g., potato starch, lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin), or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil. Powders, granulates, and pellets may be prepared using the ingredients mentioned above under tablets and capsules in a conventional manner using, e.g., a mixer, a fluid bed apparatus or a spray drying equipment.
[0819] Dissolution or diffusion controlled release of a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) or a pharmaceutical composition thereof can be achieved by appropriate coating of a tablet, capsule, pellet, or granulate formulation of the conjugate, or by incorporating the conjugate into an appropriate matrix. A controlled release coating may include one or more of the coating substances mentioned above and/or, e.g., shellac, beeswax, glycowax, castor wax, carnauba wax, stearyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl distearate, glycerol palmitostearate, ethylcellulose, acrylic resins, dl-polylactic acid, cellulose acetate butyrate, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl acetate, vinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene, polymethacrylate, methylmethacrylate, 2-hydroxymethacrylate, methacrylate hydrogels, 1,3 butylene glycol, ethylene glycol methacrylate, and/or polyethylene glycols. In a controlled release matrix formulation, the matrix material may also include, e.g., hydrated methylcellulose, carnauba wax and stearyl alcohol, carbopol 934, silicone, glyceryl tristearate, methyl acrylate-methyl methacrylate, polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, and/or halogenated fluorocarbon.
[0820] The pharmaceutical composition may be formed in a unit dose form as needed. The amount of active component, e.g., a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)), included in the pharmaceutical compositions are such that a suitable dose within the designated range is provided (e.g., a dose within the range of 0.01-100 mg/kg of body weight).
IX. Routes of Administration and Dosages
[0821] In any of the methods described herein, conjugates herein may be administered by any appropriate route for treating or protecting against a viral infection (e.g., an HIV infection), or for preventing, stabilizing, or inhibiting the proliferation or spread of a virus (e.g., an HIV virus). Conjugates described herein may be administered to humans, domestic pets, livestock, or other animals with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient. In some embodiments, administering includes administration of any of the conjugates described herein (e.g., conjugates of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) or compositions intramuscularly, intravenously (e.g., as a sterile solution and in a solvent system suitable for intravenous use), intradermally, intraarterially, intraperitoneally, intralesionally, intracranially, intraarticularly, intraprostatically, intrapleurally, intratracheally, intranasally, intravitreally, intravaginally, intrarectally, topically, intratumorally, peritoneally, subcutaneously, subconjunctival, intravesicularlly, mucosally, intrapericardially, intraumbilically, intraocularally, orally (e.g., a tablet, capsule, caplet, gelcap, or syrup), topically (e.g., as a cream, gel, lotion, or ointment), locally, by inhalation, by injection, or by infusion (e.g., continuous infusion, localized perfusion bathing target cells directly, catheter, lavage, in cremes, or lipid compositions). In some embodiments, if an antiviral agent is also administered in addition to a conjugate described herein, the antiviral agent or a pharmaceutical composition thereof may also be administered in any of the routes of administration described herein.
[0822] The dosage of a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) or pharmaceutical compositions thereof depends on factors including the route of administration, the disease to be treated (e.g., the extent and/or condition of the viral infection), and physical characteristics, e.g., age, weight, general health, of the subject. Typically, the amount of the conjugate or the pharmaceutical composition thereof contained within a single dose may be an amount that effectively prevents, delays, or treats the viral infection without inducing significant toxicity. A pharmaceutical composition may include a dosage of a conjugate described herein ranging from 0.01 to 500 mg/kg (e.g., 0.01, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 mg/kg) and, in a more specific embodiment, about 0.1 to about 30 mg/kg and, in a more specific embodiment, about 1 to about 30 mg/kg. In some embodiments, when a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) and an antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine are administered in combination (e.g., substantially simultaneously in the same or separate pharmaceutical compositions, or separately in the same treatment regimen), the dosage needed of the conjugate described herein may be lower than the dosage needed of the conjugate if the conjugate was used alone in a treatment regimen.
[0823] A conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I)-(D-XVII), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) or a pharmaceutical composition thereof may be administered to a subject in need thereof, for example, one or more times (e.g., 1-10 times or more; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 times) daily, weekly, monthly, biannually, annually, or as medically necessary. Dosages may be provided in either a single or multiple dosage regimens. The timing between administrations may decrease as the medical condition improves or increase as the health of the patient declines. The dosage and frequency of administration may be adapted by the physician in accordance with conventional factors such as the extent of the infection and different parameters of the subject.
EXAMPLES
[0824] The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinary skill in the art with a description of how the compositions and methods described herein may be used, made, and evaluated, and are intended to be purely exemplary of the invention and are not intended to limit the scope of what the inventors regard as their invention.
Example 1: Preparation of Fc Constructs
[0825] Reverse translations of the amino acids comprising the protein constructs (SEQ ID NOs: 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 12, and 14) were synthesized by solid-phase synthesis. The oligonucleotide templates were cloned into pcDNA3.1 (Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif., USA) at the cloning sites BamHI and Xhol (New England Biolabs, Ipswich, Mass., USA) and included signal sequences derived from the human Interleukin-2 or human albumin. The pcDNA3.1 plasmids were transformed into Top10 E. coli cells (LifeTech). DNA was amplified, extracted, and purified using the PURELINK® HiPure Plasmid Filter Maxiprep Kit (LifeTech). The plasmid DNA is delivered, using the EXPIFECTAMINE™ 293 Transfection Kit (LifeTech), into HEK-293 cells per the manufacturer's protocol. Cells were centrifuged, filtered, and the supernatants were purified using MabSelect Sure Resin (GE Healthcare, Chicago, Ill., USA). Purified molecules were analyzed using 4-12% Bis Tris SDS PAGE gels by loading 1-2 μg of each molecule into the gel, and staining using instant Blue staining. Each gel included a molecular weight ladder with the indicated molecular weight standards. Reduced and non-reduced lanes are denoted by “R” and “NR”.
Example 2. Synthesis of h-IgG1 Fc-PEG4-azide
[0826] Preparation of 0.05M PEG.sub.4-azido NHS ester solution in DMF/PBS: 195.8 mg of PEG.sub.4-azido NHS ester was dissolved in 0.500 mL of DMF at 0° C. and diluted to 9.88 mL by adding PBS buffer at 0° C. This solution was used for preparing other PEG.sub.4-azido Fc with variety of DAR values by adjusting the equivalents of this PEG.sub.4-azido NHS ester solution.
[0827] Preparation of PEG.sub.4-azido Fc: 0.05M PEG.sub.4-azidoNHS ester PBS buffer solution (9.88 mL, 494.0 μmol, 9.5 equivalents) was added to a solution of h-IgG1 Fc (SEQ ID NO: 4) (3027 mg in 213.0 mL of pH 7.4 PBS, MW-58,200 Da, 16.5 μmol) and the mixture was shaken gently for 2 hours at ambient temperature. The solution was concentrated by using 10 centrifugal concentrators (30,000 MWCO, 15 mL) to a volume of ˜1.5 mL. The crude mixture was diluted 1:10 in PBS pH 7.4, and concentrated again. This wash procedure was repeated for total of three times. The small molecule reagent was removed with this wash procedure. The concentrated Fc-PEG4-azide (SEQ ID NO: 4) was diluted to 213.0 mL with pH 7.4 PBS 1× buffer and ready for Click conjugation. The purified material was quantified using a NANODROP™ UV visible spectrophotometer (using a calculated extinction coefficient based on the amino acid sequence of h-IgG1). Yield is quantitative after purification.
[0828] The Fc-PEG.sub.4-azide (SEQ ID NO: 35) was prepared analogously.
Example 3. Synthesis of Recombinant Mouse Serum Albumin (MSA)-PEG4-Azide
[0829] PEG4-azidoNHS ester (98%, 81.7 μmol, 4.5 equivalents, 32.4 mg in 0.3 mL of DMF and diluted to 1.63 mL with pH 7.4 PBS 1× buffer solution) was added to a solution of recombinant mouse serum albumin (SEQ ID NO: 71) (1200 mg in 75.0 mL of pH 7.4 PBS, MW-66,000 Da, 18.2 μmol) and the mixture was shaken gently for 12 hours at ambient temperature. The solution was concentrated using a centrifugal concentrator (30,000 MWCO) to a volume of ˜1.5 mL. The crude mixture was diluted 1:10 in PBS pH 7.4, and concentrated again. This wash procedure was repeated for total of three times. The small molecule reagent was removed with this wash procedure. The concentrated MSA-PEG4-azide was diluted to 75.0 mL with pH 7.4 PBS 1× buffer and ready for Click conjugation. The purified material was quantified using a NANODROP™ UV visible spectrophotometer (using a calculated extinction coefficient based on the amino acid sequence of h-IgG1). Yield is quantitative after purification. DAR=3.5 determined by MALDI. The DAR value can be adjusted by altering the equivalents of PEG4-azido NHS ester similar to h-IgG1 Fc (Example 2).
Example 4. Synthesis of Int-1
[0830] ##STR00409##
[0831] Step a.
##STR00410##
[0832] To a solution of (7-bromo-4-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-3-yl)(oxo)acetic acid (2.5 g, 8.6 mmol, described in J. Med. Chem. 2018, 61(1):62-80) and phenyl(piperidin-4-ylidene)acetonitrile (1.90 g, 9.5 mmol, 1.1 eq) in DMF (40 ml) was added HATU (3.6 g, 9.5 mmol, 10.5 mmol), and N-methylmorpholine (2.1 g, 20 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, then concentrated and purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) using an Isco CombiFlash liquid chromatograph eluted with 20% to 80% acetonitrile and water with 0.1% TFA as modifier. Yield of products 2.43 g, 59%. Ion(s) found by LCMS: M+H=479.1.
[0833] Step b.
##STR00411##
[0834] To a solution of product from the previous step (0.24 g, 0.5 mmol) and methyl 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)-1,3-thiazole-2-carboxylate (0.27 g, 1 mmol) in dioxane (10 ml) was added potassium carbonate (2 M, 2 ml), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)paladium (0.065 g, 0.05 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting solution was degassed with nitrogen gas for 5 min, and heated at 100° C. overnight in an oil bath. The solution was concentrated and purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) using an Isco CombiFlash liquid chromatograph eluted with 20% to 80% acetonitrile and water with 0.1% TFA as modifier. Yield 0.11 g, 43.0%. Ion(s) found by LCMS: M+H=528.1.
[0835] Step c.
##STR00412##
[0836] To a solution of product from the previous step (26 mg, 0.050 mmol) and propargyl-PEG4-amine (23 mg, 0.10 mmol) in DMF (2 ml) was added HATU (38 mg, 0.10 mmol), and N-methylmorpholine (0.07 ml, 0.50 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature then concentrated and purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) using an Isco CombiFlash liquid chromatograph eluted with 20% to 80% acetonitrile and water with 0.1% TFA as modifier. Yield of product 18 mg, 48%. Ion(s) found by LCMS: M+H=741.3.
Example 5. Synthesis of Int-2
[0837] ##STR00413##
[0838] To a solution of 7-bromo-4-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine (480 mg, 1.0 mmol), described in Example 4 (Int-1), potassium carbonate (457 mg, 3.30 mmol), copper(I) iodide (210 mg, 1.1 mmol), 1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-carboxylate methyl ester (254 mg, 2 mmol) and (1R,2R)—N1,N2-dimethylcyclohexane-1,2-diamine (160 mg, 1.1 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) were heated up at 110° C. for 13 h. The reaction solution was treated with water (0.5 mL) for 15 minutes then concentrated and purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) using an Isco CombiFlash liquid chromatograph eluted with 20% to 80% acetonitrile and water using 0.1% TFA as the modifier. Yield of product 270 mg, 51%. Ion(s) found by LCMS: M+H=512.2.
[0839] Step b.
##STR00414##
[0840] To a solution of product from the previous step (1-{3-[{4-[cyano(phenyl)methylidene]piperidin-1-yl}(oxo)acetyl]-4-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yl}-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylic acid, 50 mg, 0.1 mmol) and propargyl-PEG4-amine (23 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (2 ml) was added HATU (38 mg, 0.1 mmol), and N-methylmorpholine (0.07 ml, 0.5 mmol) at room temperature, and the resulting solution was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. The solution was concentrated and purified by and purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) using an Isco CombiFlash liquid chromatograph eluted with 2% to 100% acetonitrile and water with 0.1% TFA as modifier. Yield of products 21 mg, 29.6%. Ion(s) found by LCMS: M+H=725.3.
Example 6. Synthesis of Int-3
[0841] ##STR00415##
[0842] Step a.
##STR00416##
[0843] A solution of propargyl-Peg2-alcohol (1.9 g, 13.2 mmol), N,N′-Di-Boc-1H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine (3.4 g, 11.0 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (3.5 g, 13.2 mmol) dissolved in THE (20 mL) was cooled to 0 C, and treated with DIAD (in three portions, 2.58 mL) over 30 minutes. LCMS shows complete conversion after 2 h at room temperature. The product was purified by RPLC (10% acetonitrile/water to 90% acetonitrile/water). Yield 3.66 g, 76%. Ion found by LCMS: M+H.sup.+=437.2.
[0844] Step b.
##STR00417##
[0845] To a solution of product from the previous step (1.2 g, 2.75 mmol) and tert-butyl (2-aminoethyl)carbamate (0.44 g, 2.75 mmol) in 20 ml THF was added 4-dimethylaminopyridine (120 mg, 1 mmol) and triethylamine (0.7 ml, 5 mmol), and heated to 60° C. for 2 hours. The resulting solution was concentrated and purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) using an Isco CombiFlash liquid chromatograph eluted with 0% to 50% acetonitrile and water with no modifier. Yield of 1.1 g, 76%. Ion(s) found by LCMS: M+H=529.3.
[0846] Step c.
##STR00418##
[0847] The of product from the previous step (1.00 g, 2.00 mmol) was treated with 10 ml TFA at room temperature for 0.5 hour, then concentrated to dry and used for next step without any further purification. Yield is quantitative for this step. Ion(s) found by LCMS: M/2+H=229.2.
[0848] Step d.
##STR00419##
[0849] The title compound was prepared analogously to Example 4, where the propargyl-PEG4 amine was substituted with N-(2-aminoethyl)-N′-(2-{2-[(prop-2-yn-1-yl)oxy]-ethoxy}ethyl)guanidine from previous step. Yield of product 15 mg, 36%. Ion(s) found by LCMS: M+H=738.3.
Example 7. Synthesis of Int-4
[0850] ##STR00420##
[0851] Step a.
##STR00421##
[0852] To a solution of N-(2,3-epoxypropyl)phthalimide (0.5 g, 2.5 mmol) and propargyl-PEG4 alcohol (0.7 g, 3.6 mmol) in DCM (20 ml) was added boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (BF3.Et2O) (1.42 g, 1.23 ml, 10 mmol), and the resulting solution was stirred at 40° C. for 12 hours. The crude reaction was concentrated and purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) using an Isco CombiFlash liquid chromatograph eluted with 10% to 80% acetonitrile and water with no modifier. Yield of 0.35 g, 36%. Ion(s) found by LCMS: M+H=392.2.
[0853] Step b.
##STR00422##
[0854] To a solution of product from the previous step (0.48 g, 1.2 mmol) in methanol (5 ml) was added hydrazine (0.20 g, 6 mmol), and then it was stirred at room temperature for overnight. The resulting solution was concentrated and purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) using an Isco CombiFlash liquid chromatograph eluted with 0% to 50% acetonitrile and water with no modifier. Yield of 0.22 g, 68.5%. Ion(s) found by LCMS: M+H=262.2.
[0855] Step c.
##STR00423##
[0856] The title compound was prepared analogously to Example 4, where the PEG-amine component was substituted with the 1-amino-4,7,10,13-tetraoxahexadec-15-yn-2-ol from the previous step. Yield of products 8 mg, 19.0%. Ion(s) found by LCMS: M+H=771.3.
Example 8. Synthesis of Conjugates
[0857] A preparation of 0.0050M CuSO.sub.4 in PBS buffer solution Click reagent was performed. Briefly, 10.0 mg CuSO.sub.4 was dissolved in 12.53 mL PBS, next 6.00 mL of the CuSO.sub.4 solution and added 51.7 mg BTTAA (CAS #1334179-85-9) and 297.2 mg sodium ascorbate to give the Click reagent solution (0.0050M CuSO4, 0.020M BTTAA and 0.25M sodium ascorbate). This Click reagent solution was used for all subsequent conjugations.
[0858] General procedure for Click conjugation of payload: a solution of azido functionalized Fc was added to a 15 mL centrifuge tube containing alkyne derivatized small molecule (2 equivalents for each DAR). After gently shaking to dissolve all solids, the mixture was treated with the Click reagent solution of (L-ascorbic acid sodium, 0.25 M, 400 equivalents, copper (II) sulfate 0.0050M, 8 equivalents, and BTTAA 0.020M, 32 equivalents). The resulting mixture was gently rotated for 6 hours at ambient temperature. It was purified by affinity chromatography over a protein A column, followed size exclusion chromatography (as described herein). Maldi TOF analysis of the purified final product gave an average mass, average DAR and Yield listed in Table 3 below.
TABLE-US-00008 TABLE 3 Conjugates and properties MALDI Fc carrier mass Da Fc amount Conjugate Intermediate SEQ ID NO DAR (Average) (Average) (μmol) Yield (%) Conjugate 1 Int-3 35 4.1 57617 0.754 1% Conjugate 2 Int-4 35 4.4 58059 0.824 2% Conjugate 3 Int-2 17 3.5 62128 0.860 13% Conjugate 4 Int-1 35 4.2 57738 N.D. N.D. Conjugate 5 Int-17 35 3.2 57258 N.D. N.D. Conjugate 6 Int-5 17 4.8 63211 N.D. N.D. Conjugate 7 Int-7 17 6.4 64614 N.D. N.D. Conjugate 8 Int-15 64* 2.5 60593 0.862 25% Conjugate 9 Int-22 64* 3.4 65947 21.2 41% Conjugate 10 Int-20 64* 3.8 61490 N.D. N.D. Conjugate 11 Int-21 64* 3.9 61999 N.D. N.D. Conjugate 12 Int-25 64* 4.2 65946 N.D. N.D. Conjugate 13 Int-26 64* 2.9 60940 N.D. N.D. Conjugate 14 Int-27 64* 3.0 61064 N.D. N.D. *The terminal Lys residue of the Fc domain may be cleaved upon expression and purification, e.g., SEQ ID NO: 64 coverts to SEQ ID NO: 73
Example 9. General Procedure for Purification of Conjugates
[0859] The crude mixture was diluted 1:10 in PBS pH 7.4, and purified using MabSelect Sure Resin (GE Healthcare, Chicago, Ill., USA), followed by size exclusion chromatography. (HiLoad 26/600 Superdex200 μg, GE Healthcare, Chicago, Ill., USA). Fractions containing purified conjugate were pooled and concentrated to approximately 20 mg/mL using a centrifugal concentrator (30,000 MWCO). Purified material was quantified using a NANODROP™ UV visible spectrophotometer using a calculated extinction coefficient based on the amino acid sequence of hIgG1 Fc(myc). Purified molecules were analyzed using 4-12% Bis Tris SIDS PAGE gels by loading 1 μg of each molecule into the gel, and staining using Instant Blue (Expedeon, San Diego, Calif., USA). Each gel included a molecular weight ladder with the indicated molecular weight standards. Yields were calculated and purity determined by Agilent Analytical HPLC. Product peak and MW were found by MALDI MS and a final DAR calculated.
Example 10. Gp120 Glycoprotein Binding Assay
[0860] Nunc MaxiSorp flat-bottom 96-well plates (12-565-136, Fisher Scientific) were coated with recombinant HIV-1 GP120 (SAE0071, Sigma) at 2 μg/mL in PBS (pH 7.4) (10-010-049, Fisher Scientific) overnight at 4° C. (100 μL, 0.2 μg/well). Plates were washed (5×300 μL) with wash buffer (PBS 0.05% Tween 20) and blocked with 1% BSA (A5611-10G, Sigma; 200 μL/well) in wash buffer for 1 h at room temp on an orbital microplate shaker at 500 rpm (BT908, BT LabSystems). The blocking agent was removed and wells incubated with 3-fold serial dilutions of conjugate in sample diluent (0.5% BSA in PBS 0.025% Tween 20) starting at 1 μM for 1 h with shaking at room temp. After 5×300 μL washes, the plates were incubated with HRP conjugated donkey anti-human IgG Fc F(ab′)2 (709-036-098, Jackson ImmunoResearch) secondary antibody diluted 1:1,000 in sample diluent for 1 h with shaking at room temp. Plates were then washed (8×300 μL) and developed with TMB substrate (BD555214, Fisher Scientific) for 3-5 minutes at room temp. The reaction was stopped with 1N H.sub.2SO.sub.4 and the absorbance read at 450 nm using the EnSpire multimode plate reader (PerkinElmer). Half maximal effective concentration (EC50) was calculated with GraphPad Prism version 8 using nonlinear regression analysis (Sigmoidal, 4PL) of binding curves. Polyclonal goat anti-GP120 HRP (PA1-73097, Invitrogen) and unconjugated Fc molecule were run as the positive and negative binding controls, respectively. The results are provided in
TABLE-US-00009 TABLE 4 GP120 protein binding EC.sub.50 (nM) Fc carrier EC.sub.50 (nM) Conjugate Intermediate SEQ ID NO DAR Run 1 Run 2 Run 3 Average GP120 antibody n/a n/a n/a 10.7 9.1 21.5 13.8 Conjugate 1 Int-3 35 4.1 3.6 2.3 2.8 2.9 Conjugate 2 Int-4 35 4.4 47.9 n.a n/a 47.9 Conjugate 3 (batch 1) Int-2 4 3.5 n/a 57.2 22.5 39.9 Conjugate 3 (batch 2) Int-2 4 4.8 n/a n/a 15.9 15.9
Example 11. Activity of Pre-Conjugation Intermediate (Int) Compounds in an In Vitro Cell Fusion Assay
[0861] Activity of HIV compounds was determined in an assay designed to measure the inhibition of cell-cell fusion which is an important step in the HIV infection process. Briefly, this assay measures the fusion of two cell lines, HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal (catalog #1294) and HL2/3 cells (catalog #1294), obtained from the AIDS Research Reagent and Reference Program (Rockville, Md.). HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal cells were plated at a density of 5×10.sup.3 cells per well in a volume of 50 μL with 50 μL of nine serial logarithmic dilutions of compound in triplicate for one hour at 37° C./5% CO.sub.2. Following the incubation, 100 μL of HL2/3 cells were added to the plates. The cultures were incubated for an additional 48 hours at 37° C./5% CO.sub.2. Following the incubation, efficacy plates were evaluated for β-galactosidase production using a chemiluminescent substrate and toxicity plates were stained with XTT to evaluate cell viability.
[0862] In these studies, cytotoxicity was also evaluated (TC.sub.50). Test materials were derived by measuring the reduction of the tetrazolium dye XTT (2,3-bis(2-methoxy-4-nitro-5-sulfophenyl)-5-[(phenylamino)carbonyl]-2H-tetrazolium hydroxide). XTT in metabolically active cells is metabolized by the mitochondrial enzyme NADPH oxidase to a soluble formazan product. XTT solution was prepared daily as a stock of 1 mg/mL in RPMI-1640 without additives. Phenazine methosulfate (PMS) solution was prepared at 0.15 mg/mL in DPBS and stored in the dark at −20° C. XTT/PMS stock was prepared immediately before use by adding 40 μL of PMS per mL of XTT solution. 50 μL of XTT/PMS was added to each well of the plate and the plate incubated for 4 hours at 37° C. The 4 hour incubation has been empirically determined to be within the linear response range for XTT dye reduction with the indicated numbers of cells for each assay. The plates were sealed and inverted several times to mix the soluble formazan product and the plate was read at 450 nm (650 nm reference wavelength) with a Molecular Devices SpectraMax Plus 384 96 well plate format spectrophotometer.
[0863] This assay identified several compounds with EC.sub.50 values within 10-fold of the benchmark compound (Temsavir) (Table 5). Particularly active was Int-1 with an EC.sub.50 of less than 4 nM. Importantly, no cytotoxicity was evident for any compound at concentration tested. The combination of nM inhibition and no detectable cytotoxicity indicates this is a potent series with significant therapeutic potential.
TABLE-US-00010 TABLE 5 Fusion inhibition activity of pre-conjugation intermediate (Int) compounds Compound EC.sub.50 (μM) TC.sub.50 (μM) CSB control 0.646 >10.0 (Chicago Sky Blue, Sigma-Aldrich) T20 control 0.156 >1.0 (Enfuvirtide, Medchem Express) Temsavir 0.00284 >10.0 Int-1 0.00383 >10.0 Int-3 0.0282 >10.0 Int-5 >0.5 >0.5 Int-6 >0.5 >0.5 Int-7 0.18 >0.5 Int-8 5.16 >10.0 Int-9 0.198 >10.0 Int- 10 0.529 >10.0
Example 12. General Procedure for Synthesis of Azido Fc
[0864] Preparation of PEG4-azido NHS ester solution (0.050 M) in DMF/PBS: 16.75 mg of PEG4-azido NHS ester was dissolved in 0.100 mL of DMF at 0° C. and diluted to 0.837 mL by adding PBS 1× buffer at 0° C. This solution was used for preparing other PEG4-azido Fc with a variety of DAR values by adjusting the equivalents of this PEG4-azido NHS ester PBS solution.
[0865] Pretreatment of h-IgG1 Fc, SEQ ID NO: 48 (107.2 mg in 8.800 mL of pH 7.4 PBS, MW-57891 Da, 1.852 μmol): The Fc solution was transferred into four centrifugal concentrators (30,000 MWCO, 15 mL) and diluted to 15 mL with PBS×1 buffer and concentrated to a volume of ˜1.5 mL. The residue was diluted 1:10 in PBS pH 7.4, and concentrated again. This wash procedure was repeated for total of four times followed by dilution to 8.80 mL.
[0866] Preparation of PEG4-azido Fc: 0.050M PEG4-azidoNHS ester PBS buffer solution (0.593 mL, 29.6 μmol, 16 equivalents) was added to above solution of h-IgG1 Fc (SEQ ID NO: 48) and the mixture was shaken rotated for 2 hours at ambient temperature. The solution was concentrated by using four centrifugal concentrators (30,000 MWCO, 15 mL) to a volume of ˜1.5 mL. The crude mixture was diluted 1:10 in PBS pH 7.4, and concentrated again. This wash procedure was repeated for total of three times. The concentrated Fc-PEG4-azide was diluted to 8.80 mL with pH 7.4 PBS buffer and ready for Click conjugation. The purified material was quantified using a NANODROP™ UV visible spectrophotometer (using a calculated extinction coefficient based on the amino acid sequence of h-IgG1). Yield was quantitative after purification.
Example 13. Synthesis of Int-12
[0867] ##STR00424##
[0868] The title compound was prepared analogously to Example 18 (Int-17) as shown in the scheme above. Ion(s) found by LCMS: M+H=1030.5.
Example 14. Synthesis of Int-13
[0869] ##STR00425##
[0870] The title compound was prepared analogously to Example 5 (Int-2), where the 1H-i1,2,4-triazol-3-carboxylate methyl ester was substituted with the 1H-i1,2,3-triazol-4-carboxylate methyl ester in the step a. Ion(s) found by LCMS: M+H=725.3.
Example 15. Synthesis of Int-14
[0871] ##STR00426##
[0872] Step a.
##STR00427##
[0873] Benzyl chloroformate (2.4 g, 14.2 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirring mixture of (L)-cystic acid (2 g, 11.8 mmol) and triethylamine (3.6 g, 35.5 mmol) in a (1/1) mixture of acetonitrile/aqueous sodium bicarbonate (40 mL) cooled to 0° C. The reaction was stirred at 0° C. for 40 minutes then the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation. The crude material was purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) using an Isco CombiFlash liquid chromatograph eluted with 5% to 95% acetonitrile/water with 0.1% TFA as the modifier. The pure fractions were pooled and concentrated to afford the crude product as a clear, viscous oil. Yield 2.1 g, 58%. LC/MS [M−H].sup.−=302.2.
[0874] Step b.
##STR00428##
[0875] HATU (451 mg, 1.2 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added, dropwise to a stirring mixture of the product from step a of this example (300 mg, 0.99 mmol), 1((N-Boc-amino)ethyl)piperazine (272 mg, 1.89 mmol) and triethylamine (500 mg, 4.95 mmol) in DMF (5 mL). The mixture was stirred for 45 minutes at ambient temperature and concentrated via rotary evaporation. The crude material was purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) using an Isco CombiFlash liquid chromatograph eluted with 5% to 95% acetonitrile/water with 0.1% TFA as the modifier, 30 minute gradient. The pure fractions were pooled and concentrated to afford the product as a clear, viscous oil. Yield 270 mg, 53%. LC/MS [M+H].sup.+=515.2.
[0876] Step c.
##STR00429##
[0877] The CBZ protected intermediate from step b (270 mg, 0.53 mmol) was stirred in methanol (20 mL) in the presence of 5% Pd/C (75 mg) under 1 atmosphere of hydrogen gas for 1 hour. The mixture was filtered through Celite and concentrated to afford the product as a clear, viscous oil which was taken forward without purification. Yield 200 mg, ˜99%. LC/MS [M+H].sup.+=381.2.
[0878] Step d.
##STR00430##
[0879] HATU (240 mg, 0.63 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added, dropwise to a stirring mixture of the product from step c (200 mg, 0.52 mmol), propargyl-Peg4-carboxylic acid (164 mg, 0.63 mmol) and triethylamine (265 mg, 2.62 mmol) in DMF (3 mL). The mixture was stirred for 45 minutes at ambient temperature then concentrated on a rotary evaporator. The crude material was purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) using an Isco CombiFlash liquid chromatography eluted with 5% to 75% acetonitrile/water with 0.1% TFA as the modifier. The pure fractions were pooled and concentrated to afford the product TFA salt as a clear, viscous oil. Yield 238 mg, 73%. LC/MS [M+H].sup.+=623.4.
[0880] The Boc protected intermediate (238 mg, 0.53 mmol) was stirred in 4H HCl (gas in Dioxane, 10 mL) for 1 hour. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting oil was dissolved in DI water then lyophilized to afford the HCl salt as a clear, viscous oil. Yield 215 mg, ˜99%. LC/MS [M+H].sup.+=522.4.
[0881] Step e.
##STR00431##
[0882] To a solution of amine HCl salt from Step d (66.1 mg, 0.12 mmol), acid (described in Example 5 (Int-2), 60.5 mg, 0.12 mmol) and HATU (69.0 mg, 0.18 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) at room temperature was added DIEA (0.11 mL, 0.62 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr, then purified by semi-preparative HPLC (ACCQ, 5 to 50% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yielded 2.5 mg, 1.7%. Ion found by LCMS [M+2+H]/2=509.2.
Example 16. Synthesis of Int-15
[0883] ##STR00432##
[0884] Step a.
##STR00433##
[0885] A solution of benzylaldehyde (2.80 g, 25.83 mmol) and 1-N-Boc-1,3-diaminopropane (2.99 g, 16.81 mmol) in methanol (30 mL) was heated at 60 C for 6 hours. After cooling to room temperature, NaBH.sub.4 (1.91 g, 49.58 mmol) was added portion-wise, then the resulting solution was stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction was concentrated and quenched with NH.sub.4Cl aqueous solution then extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2. The organic layer was separated and dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered then concentrated. The residue was purified by normal phase liquid chromatography (Isco, 0 to 10% methanol and methylene chloride). Yield 2.99 g, 67.5% as colorless oil. Ion found by LCMS [M+H]+=265.2.
[0886] Step b.
##STR00434##
[0887] A solution of product from step a. (0.86 g, 3.26 mmol) 2-bromoethane sulphonic acid (1.40 g, 7.32 mmol) and K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (1.35 g, 9.78 mmol) in DMF:H.sub.2O (10 mL:1 mL) was heated in the microwave at 70 degree Celsius for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (Isco, 0 to 25% Acetonitrile and water using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yielded 0.94 g, 77.4%. Ion found by LCMS [M-Boc+H]+=273.2.
[0888] Step c.
##STR00435##
[0889] A solution of the product from Step b. (0.94 g, 2.52 mmol) in methanol (25 mL), was charged with Pd(OH).sub.2 (0.18 g, 0.25 mmol) and H.sub.2 from a balloon. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. After the reaction was completed, it was filtered through a pad of Celite and washed with methanol then concentrated. The white foam solid was obtained and carried on to the next step without purification. Yielded 0.71 g, 100%. Ion found by LCMS [M+H]+=283.1.
[0890] Step d.
##STR00436##
[0891] To a solution of the product from step c. (0.72 g, 2.55 mmol), propargyl-PEG-4-acid (0.75 g, 2.81 mmol) and HATU (1.48 g, 3.83 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) at room temperature was added DIEA (1.36 mL, 7.65 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours then purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (Isco, 0 to 30% acetonitrile and water with no modifier). Yielded 1.04 g, 69.5%. Ion found by LCMS [M-Boc+H]+=425.2.
[0892] Step e.
##STR00437##
[0893] A solution of the product from step e (1.04 g, 1.77 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was treated with HCl (4N in Dioxane, 2.22 mL, 8.86 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature until deprotection was complete by LCMS, then solvents were removed by rotary evaporation to yield the desired product as HCl salt. Yielded 0.94 g, 95%. Ion found by LCMS [M+H]+=425.2.
[0894] Step f.
##STR00438##
[0895] To a solution of the product from step e (0.37 g, 0.79 mmol), the triazole acid (described in Example 5 (Int-2), 0.31 g, 0.50 mmol) and HATU (0.29 g, 0.75 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added DIEA (0.41 mL, 2.29 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours then purified by semipreparative HPLC (5 to 35% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yielded 0.12 g as TFA salt, 26%. Ion found by LCMS [M+H]+=918.1, [M+2+H]/2+=459.7.
Example 17. Synthesis of Int-16
[0896] ##STR00439##
[0897] Step a.
##STR00440##
[0898] CBZ-piperazine (3.8 g, 17.4 mmol), N-Boc-bromo-ethylamine (3 g, 13.4 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (3.5 g, 26.8 mmol) were stirred in acetonitrile (30 mL) at 65° C. for 18 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated, diluted with DI water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×75 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography (0-5% methanol in DCM, 30 minutes). The pure fractions were combined and concentrated to afford the product as a clear oil. Yield 3.3, 67%. LC/MS [M+H]+=364.2.
[0899] Step b.
##STR00441##
[0900] The product from step a (3.3 g, 9.1 mmol) of this example was stirred in methanol (30 mL) in the presence of 5% Pd/C (200 mg) under 1 atm of hydrogen gas for 2 hours. The mixture was filtered through celite and taken forward without further purification. Yield 2 g, ˜99%. LC/MS [M+H]+=230.2.
[0901] Step c.
##STR00442##
[0902] The product from step b of this example (0.74 g, 3.2 mmol), propargyl-peg4-tosylate (1.9 g, 4.8 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.83 g, 6.5 mmol) were stirred in acetonitrile (20 ml) at reflux for 8 hours. The mixture was cooled and purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) using an Isco CombiFlash liquid chromatograph eluted with 5% to 80% acetonitrile/water with 0.1% TFA as the modifier, 30 minute gradient. The pure fractions were pooled and concentrated to afford the product as a thick light yellow oil. Yield 0.71 g, 50%. LC/MS [M+H]+=444.2.
[0903] Step d.
##STR00443##
[0904] The product from step c of this example (0.71 g, 1.6 mmol) was stirred in 4N HCl in dioxane (8 mL) for 1 hour. The mixture was concentrated on the rotary evaporator, dissolved in DI water (20 mL), frozen and lyophilized to afford the product as an HCl salt. Yield 0.75 g, 99%. LC/MS [M+H]+=344.2.
[0905] Step e.
##STR00444##
[0906] HATU (162 mg, 0.43 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added, dropwise over 5 minutes to a stirring mixture of the product from step d (265 mg, 0.58 mmol), triazole carboxylic acid scaffold (200 mg, 0.38 mmol, described in Example 5 (Int-2)), and diisopropylethylamine (200 mg, 2.3 mmol) in DMF (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours and then concentrated on the rotary evaporator. The crude material was purified on the ACQ semi-prep HPLC eluted with 5% to 50% acetonitrile/water with 0.1% TFA as the modifier, 30 minute gradient. The pure fractions were pooled and concentrated to afford the product as a thick light yellow oil. Yield 50 mg, 15%. LC/MS [M+H]+=837.4.
Example 18. Synthesis of Int-17
[0907] ##STR00445##
[0908] Step a.
##STR00446##
[0909] To a solution of Tris(hydroxymethyl)-aminomethane (1.22 g, 10 mmol) and 3-[(Benzyloxycarbonyl)amino]-1-propanal (2.1 g, 10 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) and methanol (10 ml) was added acetic acid (1 ml). The resulting solution was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, then treated under vigorous stirring with sodium triacetoxyborohydride (4.2 g, 20 mmol). This mixture was stirred overnight, then concentrated and purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) using an Isco CombiFlash liquid chromatograph eluted with 5% to 80% acetonitrile and water with 0.1% TFA as modifier. Yield of the products 2.3 g, 72.0%. Ion(s) found by LCMS: M+H=313.2.
[0910] Step b.
##STR00447##
[0911] To a solution of the product from the previous step (0.1 g, 0.32 mmol) and propargyl-PEG4-acid (130 mg, 0.5 mmol) in DMF (5 ml) was added HATU (38 mg, 0.1 mmol), and N-methylmorpholine (0.14 ml, 1 mmol) at room temperature, and the resulting solution was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. The solution was concentrated and purified by and purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) using an Isco CombiFlash liquid chromatograph eluted with 10% to 100% acetonitrile and water with 0.1% TFA as modifier. Yield of products 120 mg, 68%. Ion(s) found by LCMS: M+H=554.3.
[0912] Step c.
##STR00448##
[0913] The product from the previous step (0.2 g, 32 mmol) was treated with TFA (3 mL) and thioanisole (0.2 ml), and the resulted solution was heated to 45° C. for overnight. The solution was concentrated and purified by and purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) using an Isco CombiFlash liquid chromatograph eluted with 10% to 100% acetonitrile and water with 0.1% TFA as modifier. Yield was quantitative for this step. Ion(s) found by LCMS: M+H=421.3.
[0914] Step d.
##STR00449##
[0915] To a solution of 1-{3-[{4-[cyano(phenyl)methylidene]piperidin-1-yl}(oxo)acetyl]-4-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-7-yl}-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylic acid (50 mg, 0.1 mmol, described in Example 5, Int-2 and the product from previous step (41 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (2 ml) was added HATU (38 mg, 0.1 mmol), and N-Methylmorpholine (0.07 ml, 0.5 mmol) at room temperature, and the resulting solution was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. The solution was concentrated and purified by and purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) using an Isco CombiFlash liquid chromatograph eluted with 10% to 100% acetonitrile and water with 0.1% TFA as modifier. Yield of product 21 mg, 24.0%. Ion(s) found by LCMS: M+H=914.4.
Example 19. Screening of Ints and Conjugates in an In Vitro Cell Fusion Assay
[0916] Activity of Ints was determined in an assay designed to measure the inhibition of cell-cell fusion which is an important step in the HIV infection process. Briefly, this assay measures the fusion of two cell lines, HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal (catalog #1294) and HL2/3 cells (catalog #1294), obtained from the AIDS Research Reagent and Reference Program (Rockville, Md.). HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal cells were plated at a density of 5×10.sup.3 cells per well in a volume of 50 μL, with 50 μL of nine serial half-logarithmic dilutions of compound in triplicate for one hour at 37° C./5% CO.sub.2. Following the incubation, 100 μL of HL2/3 cells were added to the plates. The cultures were incubated for an additional 48 hours at 37° C./5% CO.sub.2. Following the incubation, efficacy plates were evaluated for β-galactosidase production using a chemiluminescent substrate and toxicity plates were stained with XTT to evaluate cell viability.
[0917] In these studies, cytotoxicity was also evaluated (TC.sub.50). Test materials were derived by measuring the reduction of the tetrazolium dye XTT (2,3-bis(2-methoxy-4-nitro-5-sulfophenyl)-5-[(phenylamino)carbonyl]-2H-tetrazolium hydroxide). XTT in metabolically active cells is metabolized by the mitochondrial enzyme NADPH oxidase to a soluble formazan product. XTT solution was prepared daily as a stock of 1 mg/mL in RPMI-1640 without additives. Phenazine methosulfate (PMS) solution was prepared at 0.15 mg/mL in DPBS and stored in the dark at −20° C. XTT/PMS stock was prepared immediately before use by adding 40 μL of PMS per mL of XTT solution. Fifty L (50 μL) of XTT/PMS was added to each well of the plate and the plate incubated for 4 hours at 37° C. The 4 hour incubation has been empirically determined to be within the linear response range for XTT dye reduction with the indicated numbers of cells for each assay. The plates were sealed and inverted several times to mix the soluble formazan product and the plate was read at 450 nm (650 nm reference wavelength) with a Molecular Devices SpectraMax Plus 384 96 well plate format spectrophotometer.
[0918] This assay identified four compounds with EC.sub.50 values approximately equal to the benchmark compound (Temsavir) (Table 6). These compounds were highly potent at inhibiting cell fusion with EC.sub.50 values of less than 0.9 nM. One of these compounds, Int-17, also demonstrated no apparent loss of activity upon conjugation to an hIgG1 Fc (conjugate 5); this was an important finding. Lastly, no compounds showed cytotoxicity at the concentrations tested in this study. Therefore, for the most active compounds the difference between EC.sub.50 and cytotoxicity is greater than 10,000-fold. A prior fusion inhibition study also identified several highly active compounds (Int-2 and Int-4). However, both compounds lost significant potency upon conjugation (conjugates 2 and 3, respectively), further emphasizing the significance of conjugate 4.
TABLE-US-00011 TABLE 6 Fusion inhibition activity of HIV inhibitor compounds EC50 [μM] TC50 [μM] Run 1 2 3 1 2 3 CSB 0.646 0.53 0.785 >10.0 >10.0 >10.0 (control) Temsavir 0.00284 0.000231 <0.0009 >10.0 >10.0 >10.0 (control) Int-1 0.00383 >10.0 Int-2 0.0000014 <0.0009 >10.0 >10.0 Int-3 0.0282 >10.0 Int-4 0.000829 >10.0 Int-5 >0.5 >0.5 Int-6 >0.5 >0.5 Int-7 0.18 >0.5 Int-8 5.16 >10.0 Int-9 0.198 >10.0 Int-10 0.529 >10.0 Int-11 0.209 >10.0 Int-12 <0.0009 >10.0 Int-13 0.003 >10.0 Int-14 0.0044 >10.0 Int-15 <0.0009 >10.0 Int-16 0.0018 >10.0 Int-17 <0.0009 >10.0 Conjugate 2 0.162 >0.6 Conjugate 3 0.249 >10 Conjugate 4 0.206 >0.8 Conjugate 5 <0.0005 >5 Conjugate 6 >2 >2 Conjugate 7 1.05 >2
Example 20. Synthesis of DMJ-II-121
[0919] ##STR00450## ##STR00451##
Step a.
[0920] ##STR00452##
[0921] (1S, 2R)-(−)-Cis-1-amino-2-indanol (2.98 g, 20 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (10 ml) by heating with a heat gun. After the solution was cooled to room temperature, anhydrous THF (20 ml) and DIPEA (2.59 g, 20 mmol) were added. To this well-stirred solution was slowly added di-tert-butyl-dicarbonate (5.46 g, 25 mmol). Upon the addition, a white gel was formed and it was manually broken into small pieces. The reaction became a clear solution after 2-hours stirring at room temperature. It was then extracted with water (50 ml) and hexane (50 ml). The aqueous layer was back-extracted with EtOAc (50 ml). The combined organic layers were dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated by rotary evaporation. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (120 g column, 10% to 45% EtOAc/hexane). Yield 4.97 g, 99.7%. Ion found by LCMS: [M−Boc].sup.+=150, [M−H].sup.−=248.9.
[0922] Step b.
##STR00453##
[0923] The step-a product (4.97 g, 19.94 mmol) was dissolved anhydrous DCM (30 ml). After cooling in an ice-water bath, the solution was treated with DIPEA (5.17 g, 40 mmol) followed by slow addition of methanesulfonyl chloride (2.75 g, 24 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. to room temperature overnight, then extracted with water (30 ml). The organic layer was dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, concentrated by rotary evaporation, and further dried under high vacuum. The crude product (6.24 g) was carried to the subsequent step without further purification. Ion found by LCMS: [M−Boc].sup.+=228.
[0924] Step c.
##STR00454##
[0925] The crude product in step-b (assumed 19.94 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMSO (20 ml). Potassium cyanide (6.51 g, 100 mmol) was added, and the resulting mixture was heated at 80° C. for 20 hours. It was then cooled to room temperature and diluted with EtOAc (70 ml), and hexane (100 ml). The solid was filtered off and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was then extracted with water (50 ml×4). The combined organic layers were concentrated by rotary evaporation, then purified by silica gel column chromatography (220 g column, 5% to 30% EtOAc/hexane). Yield 2.34 g, 45.4% over two steps. Ion found by LCMS: [M+H].sup.+=259.2.
[0926] Step d.
##STR00455##
[0927] A flame-dried reaction flask was purged with nitrogen and charged with the step-c product (2.18 g, 8.44 mmol) and anhydrous THF (12 ml). The solution was cooled in an ice-water bath, then treated dropwise with LiAlH.sub.4 (1.0 M in THF, 8.5 ml, 8.5 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. to room temperature for 1.5 hours. It was then cooled back in an ice-water bath and slowly treated with a solution of KOH (940 mg, 16.8 mmol) in water (15 ml). The solid was filtered off and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was extracted with water (30 ml). The organic layer was dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, concentrated by rotary evaporation and further dried under high vacuum. 2.27 g of the crude product was carried to the subsequent step without further purification. Ion found by LCMS: [M+H].sup.+=263.
[0928] Step e.
##STR00456##
[0929] The crude product from step-d (2.27 g, assumed 8.44 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DCM (20 ml), treated with DIPEA (1.16 g, 8.44 mmol) and N-(benzyloxycarbonyloxy) succinimide (4.1 g, 16.5 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. It was then extracted with water (30 ml). The organic layer was dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated by rotary evaporation. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (220 g column, 5% to 40% EtOAc and hexane). Yield 2.2 g, 65.7% for two steps. Ion found by LCMS: [M−Boc+H].sup.+=297.2, [M−BocNH3+H].sup.+=280.1.
[0930] Step f.
##STR00457##
[0931] To a solution of the step-e product (2.07 g, 5.22 mmol) in THF (5 ml) was added 4N HCl in dioxane (10 ml, 40 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour, then extracted with hexane (15 ml) and water (5 ml×3). The combined aqueous layers were lyophilized to yield a light yellow solid. The material was carried to the subsequent step without further purification. Yield 1.7 g, 92%. Ion found by LCMS: [M+H].sup.+=297.2, [M−NH.sub.4+H.sup.]+=280.1.
[0932] Step g.
##STR00458##
[0933] 4-Chloro-3-fluoroaniline (4.368 g, 30 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DCM (30 ml). After the solution was cooled in an ice-water bath, DIEPA (4.265 g, 33 mmol) was added followed by drop-wise addition of methyl oxalylchloride (3.92 g, 32 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour in the ice-water bath, then at room temperature for 5 hours. The white precipitate was filtered and was re-dissolved in hot THF (50 ml). It was extracted with water (100 ml). The filtrate from the filtration was extracted with water. The combined organic layers from the two extractions were dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, concentrated by rotary evaporation and further dried in high vacuum. The crude product was carried to the subsequent step without further purification. Yield 6.98 g, quantitative yield. Ion found by LCMS: [M+H].sup.+=232.0, [M+Na].sup.+=254.
[0934] Step h.
##STR00459##
[0935] The step-g product (2.31 g, 10 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (50 ml) by heating at 60° C. A solution of KOH (2.25 g, 40 mmol) in water (40 ml) was added. White gel was formed upon the addition of KOH. The reaction was continued at 60° C. for 30 minutes, then slowly acidified with 6N HCl aqueous solution (15 ml). The reaction was heated up to 100° C. until all gel was dissolved (It took about 10 minutes). MeOH was removed by rotary evaporation, and the white product was filtered, washed with water then dried under high vacuum. Yield 2.2 g, quantitative yield. Ion found by LCMS: [M−H].sup.−=216.0.
[0936] Step i.
##STR00460##
[0937] To a mixture of the step-h product (255.7 mg, 1 mmol) and the step-f product (332.8 mg, 1 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 ml) was added HATU (437 mg, 1.15 mmol) and stirred for 5 minutes. DIPEA (258.5 mg, 2 mmol) was added, and reaction was continued for 1 hour. It was then purified by silica gel column chromatography (80 g column, 5% to 50% EtOAc/hexane). Yield 480.7 mg, 96.9%. Ion found by LCMS: [M+Na].sup.+=518.0.
[0938] Step j.
##STR00461##
[0939] The step i product (360.5 mg, 0.728 mmol) was dissolved in TFA (2 ml). Thioanisole (169 mg, 1.36 mmol) was added, and the resulting mixture was heated at 70° C. for 1 hour. It was then cooled to room temperature and directly purified by RPLC (150 g column, 5% to 70% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as the modifier). Yield 331.2 mg, 95.6%. Ion found by LCMS: [M+H].sup.+=362.0.
[0940] Step k.
##STR00462##
[0941] To a solution of the step-j product (32.4 mg, 0.0682 mmol) in anhydrous THF (0.5 ml) was added DIPEA (31 mg, 0.3 mmol) and N,N′-Bis-Boc-1-guanylpyrazole (31 mg, 0.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 50° C. overnight. It was then purified by RPLC (50 g column, 30% to 100% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as the modifier). Yield 40.3 mg, 97.9%. Ion found by LCMS: [M+H].sup.+=604.2.
[0942] Step l.
##STR00463##
[0943] The step-k product (40.3 mg, 0.0667 mmol) was dissolved in DCM/TFA (1:1, 1 ml), then heated at 40° C. for 1 hour. The crude reaction was concentrated and purified by RPLC (50 g, 5 to 60% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 20 mg, 57.9%. Ion found by LCMS: [M+H].sup.+=404.0.
Example 21. Synthesis of Conjugate 8
[0944] A solution of azido functionalized Fc (50 mg, 28.43 mL, 0.862 μmol, 1.76 mg/mL; SEQ ID NO: 64, Example 2) was added to a 50 mL centrifuge tube following by addition of alkyne derivatized small molecule (15.83 mg, 0.012 mmol, Int-15, Example 16) in EPPES at pH 8.5, and a solution of copper (II) sulfate (1.1 mg, 0.0043 mmol) in water mixed with THTPA (0.43 mL, 0.0216 mmol, 50 nM in water), aminoguanidine HCl (2.16 mL, 100 mM in water), and sodium ascorbate (2.16 mL, 100 mM in water). The resulting solution was gently shaken for 4 hours. It was purified by affinity chromatography over a protein A column, followed by size exclusion chromatography (as described in Example 8). Maldi TOF analysis of the purified final product gave an average mass of 60593 Da (DAR 2.5). Yield 12.71 mg, 25%.
Example 22. Synthesis of Int-18
[0945] ##STR00464##
[0946] Step a.
##STR00465##
[0947] HATU (164 mg, 0.43 mmol) was added to a stirring mixture of the triazole acid starting material (described in Example 05, Int-2)), (185 mg, 0.36) tert-Butyl 4-(3-aminopropyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (96 mg, 0.39 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (186 mg, 1.44 mmol) in DMF (3 L) and stirred for 12 hours. The solvent was removed on a rotary evaporator and the resulting oil was purified by RPLC Isco COMBIFLASH® (20-95% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA, 30 minute gradient). The pure fractions were pooled and lyophilized and taken on to the next step. Ion found by LC/MS [M+H].sup.+=737.4. The Boc protected intermediate was stirred in a 1/1 mixture of DCM/TFA (10 ml) at ambient temperature for 2 hours, then concentrated on the rotary evaporator and purified by RPLC Isco COMBIFLASH® (20-95% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA, 30 minute gradient). The pure fractions were pooled and lyophilized. Yield 120 mg, 44%, 2 steps. Ion found by LC/MS [M+H].sup.+=637.2.
[0948] Step b.
##STR00466##
[0949] The intermediate from the previous step (90 mg, 0.41 mmol), propargyl peg4 mesylate (57 mg, 0.18 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (36 mg, 0.28 mmol) were stirred together in DMF (3 mL) at 80° C. for 12 hours. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporator and purified by RPLC Isco COMBIFLASH® (20-95% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA, 30 minute gradient). The pure fractions were pooled and lyophilized. Yield 120 mg, 44%. Ion found by LC/MS [M+H].sup.+=851.2.
Example 23. Synthesis of Int-19
[0950] ##STR00467##
[0951] Step a.
##STR00468##
[0952] A mixture of Z-piperazine (29.62 g, 131.8 mmol), 2-(Boc-amino)ethyl bromide (24.87 g, 105.4 mmol), KI (8.75 g, 52.7 mmol) and potassium carbonate (21.86 g, 158.1 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (300 mL) was stirred at 75° C. for 24 hrs. The crude reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by normal phase chromatography, eluting with 0% to 10% methanol/dichloromethane to give the pure product as an oil (32.0 g, 83% isolated yield). Ions found by LCMS: M+H.sup.+: 364.2. H1 NMR (300 MHz): 7.26-7.45 (m, 5H), 5.10-5.20 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.60 (m, 4H), 3.18-3.30 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.51 (m, 4H), 1.60-1.75 (m, 2H) and 1.47 (s, 9H).
[0953] This product (5.38 g, 14.8 mmol) was treated with 5% Pd/C (1.57 g, 0.74 mmol) in methanol (100 mL) under hydrogen from a balloon for 3 hrs. After Celite filtration and solvent removal, the product was obtained as a white foam in quantitative yield and used for next step without further purification. Ions found by LCMS: M+H.sup.+: 230.2.
[0954] Step b.
##STR00469##
[0955] A solution of 2-(Boc-amino)-ethyl-1-piperazine (3.707 g, 15.23 mmol), Z-piperazinyl-propyl bromide (5.728 g, 16.76 mmol, ACS MEdChem Lett, 2018, 446), K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (3.158 g, 22.85 mmol) and KI (1.264 g, 7.619 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (100 mL) was heated in an oil bath at 75 C for 24 h. The mixture was filtered, concentrated and purified by normal phase chromatography, eluting with 0% to 10% methanol/dichloromethane to give the product as a foam (5.45 g, 75% isolated yield). Ions found by LCMS: M+H+.sup.+: 490.2
[0956] This product (5.45 g, 11.13 mmol) was treated with 5% Pd(OH).sub.2/C (3.91 g, 5.57 mmol) in methanol (100 mL) under hydrogen from a balloon overnight. After Celite filtration and solvent removal, the desired product was obtained as a white foam in quantitative yield, and used for next step without further purification. Ions found by LCMS: M+H.sup.+: 356.2; M-Boc+H*: 256.2.
[0957] Step c.
##STR00470##
[0958] A solution of 2-(Boc-amino)-ethyl-1-piperazinyl-propyl-piperazine (1.31 g, 3.68 mmol), propargyl-PEG.sub.4 mesylate (1.721 g, 5.53 mmol), K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (0.764 g, 5.53 mmol) and KI (0.306 g, 1.84 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (50 mL) was heated in an oil bath at 75° C. for 24 h. The mixture was filtered, concentrated and purified by reverse phase chromatography, eluting with 5% to 45% ACN/water (0.1% TFA) to give the pure product as an oil (0.890 g, 42% isolated yield). Ions found by LCMS: M+H+.sup.+: 570.4; (M+2H.sup.+)/2: 284.8.
[0959] This product (0.104 g, 0.183 mmol) was treated with 4M HCl in dioxane (10 mL) for 2 hrs. After solvent removal, the product was obtained as a white foam in quantitative yield, and used in the next step without further purification.
[0960] Step d.
##STR00471##
[0961] A solution of propargyl-PEG4-1-piperazinyl-propyl-piperazinyl-ethylamine (0.0857 g, 0.182 mmol), triazole acid core (0.121 g, 0.237 mmol, described in Example 05, Int-2), NaHCO.sub.3 (0.0613 g, 0.730 mmol), NMM (0.030 mL, 0.274 mmol) and HATU (0.138 g, 0.365 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred for 4 hrs. The solvent was removed and the residue was dissolved in minimal amount of NMP/water (1:1, 0.1% TFA) and purified by reverse phase chromatography, eluting with 5% to 45% ACN/water (0.1% TFA) to give the desired product as an oil. Ions found by LCMS: M+H.sup.+: 963.2; (M+2H.sup.+)/2: 482.2.
Example 24. Synthesis of Int-20
[0962] ##STR00472##
[0963] Step a.
##STR00473##
[0964] To a 0° C. stirring solution of 1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylic acid (500 mg, 4.422 mmol), propargyl-PEG4-amine (1.227 g, 5.306 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (3.466 mL, 19.90 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.0 mL) and DMF (5.0 mL), was added a solution of propylphosphonic anhydride solution (2.711 mL, 4.643 mmol, ˜50% in DMF). The temperature was raised to ambient after 10 minutes, and upon completion of the reaction as determined by LCMS, all volatiles were removed per rotatory evaporation. The residue was stirred in water under until a suspension was obtained. The mixture was filtered, and the solids were washed with water (3×30 mL). The solids were collected and dried per vacuum techniques. The oil was used in the without further purification. Yield 968 mg, 67%. Ions found by LCMS: [(M+H)+Na]+=349.2; [(M+H]]+=327.2.
[0965] Step b.
##STR00474##
[0966] To a 0° C. stirring solution of the heterocyclic acid (200 mg, 0.669 mmol, described in Org. Process Res. Dev. 2017, 21, 1145-1155), 1-benzoylpiperazine (178 mg, 0.936 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (524 uL, 3.009 mmol), dissolved in dichloromethane (0.250 mL) and N,N-dimethylformamide (2.5 mL), was added a 50% solution of propylphosphonic anhydride in DMF (390 uL, 0.669 mmol). Upon completion of the reaction as determined by LCMS, all the volatiles were evaporated per vacuum techniques. The thick crude was taken up with vigorous stirring in water (30 mL). Stirring was continued until a suspension formed. The mixture was filtered and the solids were washed with additional water (3×30 mL), then collected and dried per vacuum techniques. This material was used in the next step without additional purification. Yield 0.268 mg, 85%. Ions found by LCMS: [(M+H)+Na]+=494.9, 492.9; [(M+H]]+=473.0, 471.0.
[0967] Step c.
##STR00475##
[0968] Strictly under nitrogen in a sealed tube, a stirring mixture of step b product (268 mg, 0.569 mmol), N-(propargyl-PEG4)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxamide (278 mg, 0.853 mmol), KOH (60 mg, 1.080 mmol), water (512 mg, 28.43 mmol), trans-N,N′-dimethylcyclohexane-1,2-diamine (64 mg, 0.455 mmol) and CuI (32 mg, 0.170 mmol), was heated at 100° C. for 2 days. Upon cooling, the crude reaction was mixed with copper scavenging resin SiliaMetS TAAcONa (800 mg, loading 0.45 mmol/g) and stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was evaporated per vacuum techniques. The residue was purified by RPLC using an Isco COMBIFLASH® liquid chromatography eluted with 0% to 100% water and methanol. Yield 93 mg, 23%. Ions found by LCMS: [(M+H)+Na]+=739.2; [(M+H]]+=717.2.
Example 25. Synthesis of Int-21
[0969] ##STR00476##
[0970] Step a.
[0971] A mixture of tert-Butyl [3-(piperazin-1-yl)propyl]carbamate (1.73 g, 7.09 mmol), triethyleneglycolmethanesulfonate propargylether (2.00 g, 6.44 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.96 g, 14.18 mmol), and acetonitrile (20 mL) were heated in a 70° C. oil bath for 24 hr, at which time LCMS indicated that most starting materials had been consumed. The resulting mixture was filtered to remove salt and potassium carbonate. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by RPLC (10% to 100% ACN/water containing 0.1% TFA) giving 2.60 g of double TFA salt (59% yield).
[0972] Step b.
[0973] Product from the previous step (2.60 g, 5.68 mmol) was treated with HCl/dioxane (4M, 15 mL) for 1 hr at room temperature, and then concentrated to dryness and used without further purification (Yield: quantitative).
[0974] Step c.
[0975] Strictly under nitrogen in a sealed tube, a stirring suspension of previously described intermediate (145 mg, 0.308 mmol, see Int-20, Example 24 step b), methyl 1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate (59 mg, 0.461 mmol), KOH (50 mg, 0.892 mmol), water (166 mg, 9.230 mmol), trans-N,N′-dimethylcyclohexane-1,2-diamine (35 mg, 0.246 mmol) and CuI (18 mg, 0.092 mmol), was heated at 100° C. for 2 days. Upon cooling, volatiles were evaporated via rotary evaporator. The solid residue was washed with ethyl acetate (3×12 mL) and then dichloromethane (3×12 mL). The obtained solids were dissolved in water and treated for 3 h under stirring with SiliaMetS TAAcONa (300 mg, loading 0.45 mmol/g). The suspension was filtered and all the volatiles were removed via rotary evaporation. To a 0° C. stirring solution of the obtained residue, propargyl-PEG4 piperazine linker from step b (HCl salt, 144 mg, 0.308 mmol), DIPEA (241 uL, 1.384 mmol) in DMF (2.0 mL), was added a 50% solution of propylphosphonic anhydride in DMF (196 uL, 0.338 mmol). Upon completion, all the volatiles were evaporated per vacuum techniques. The residue was purified by RPLC using an Isco COMBIFLASH® liquid chromatography eluted with 0% to 100% water and methanol. Yield 29 mg, 11% for 2 steps. Ions found by LCMS: [(M+H)+Na]+=865.2; [(M+H]]+=843.2; [(M+2H)/2]+=422.2.
Example 26. Synthesis of Int-22
[0976] ##STR00477##
[0977] Step a.
##STR00478##
[0978] A mixture of Z-piperazine (14.16 g, 63.0 mmol), 3-(Boc-amino)propyl bromide (12.50 g, 50.4 mmol), and potassium carbonate (10.45 g, 75.9 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (150 mL) was stirred at 75° C. for 24 hrs. The crude reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated, then purified by normal phase chromatography, eluting with 0% to 10% methanol/dichloromethane to give the pure product as an oil (17.23 g, 90% isolated yield). Ions found by LCMS: M+H.sup.+: 378.2. H1 NMR (300 MHz): 7.26-7.40 (m, 5H), 5.10-5.20 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.60 (m, 4H), 3.14-3.30 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.50 (m, 6H), 1.60-1.75 (m, 2H) and 1.45 (s, 9H).
[0979] The Cbz-protected product (4.84 g, 12.8 mmol) was treated with 5% Pd/C (1.34 g, 0.64 mmol) in methanol (100 mL) under hydrogen balloon for 3 hrs. After Celite filtration and solvent removal, the pure product was obtained as a white foam in quantitative yield and used for next step without further purification. Ions found by LCMS: M+H.sup.+: 244.2.
[0980] Step b.
##STR00479##
[0981] A solution of 3-(Boc-amino)-propyl-1-piperazine from the previous step (3.707 g, 15.23 mmol), Z-piperazinyl-propyl bromide (5.728 g, 16.76 mmol, described in ACS MedChem Lett, 2018, 446), K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (3.158 g, 22.85 mmol) and KI (1.264 g, 7.619 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (100 mL) was heated in an oil bath at 75° C. for 24 h. The mixture was filtered, concentrated and purified by normal phase chromatography, eluting with 0% to 10% methanol/dichloromethane to give the desired product as a foam (6.59 g, 85% isolated yield). LC/MS mass: M+H.sup.+: 504.4
[0982] This product (5.45 g, 11.13 mmol) was treated with 5% Pd(OH).sub.2/C (1.34 g, 0.64 mmol) in methanol (100 mL) under hydrogen balloon for 12 h. After Celite filtration and solvent removal, the pure product was obtained as a white foam in quantitative yield and used in the next step without further purification. LC/MS mass: M+H+.sup.+: 370.2.
[0983] Step c.
##STR00480##
[0984] A solution of 3-(Boc-amino)-propyl-1-piperazinyl-propyl-piperazine (1.98 g, 5.36 mmol), propargyl-PEG4 bromide (2.421 g, 8.037 mmol), K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (1.851 g, 14.0 mmol) and KI (0.445 g, 2.68 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (50 mL) was heated in an oil bath at 75° C. for 24 h. The mixture was filtered, concentrated and purified by reverse phase chromatography, eluting with 5% to 45% ACN/water (0.1% TFA) to give the pure product as an oil (1.61 g, 51% isolated yield). Ions found by LCMS: M+H.sup.+: 584.4; (M+2H.sup.+)/2: 292.6.
[0985] This product (0.107 g, 0.183 mmol) was treated with 4M HCl in dioxane (10 mL) for 2 hrs. After solvent removal, the product was obtained as a white foam and used in the next step without further purification.
[0986] Step d.
##STR00481##
[0987] A solution of propargyl-PEG4-1-piperazinyl-propyl-piperazinyl-propylamine HCl salt (0.0886 g, 0.163 mmol), Triazole acid core (0.122 g, 0.238 mmol, described in Example 05, Int-2), NaHCO.sub.3 (0.0616 g, 0.733 mmol), N-methyl morpholine (0.031 mL, 0.274 mmol) and HATU (0.139 g, 0.366 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred for 4 hrs. The solvent was removed and the residue was dissolved in minimal amount of NMP/water (1:1, w/0.1% TFA) and purified by reverse phase chromatography, eluting with 5% to 45% ACN/water (w/0.1% TFA) to give the desired product as an oil. Ions found by LCMS: M+H.sup.+: 977.3; (M+2H.sup.+)/2: 489.4.
Example 27. Synthesis of Conjugate 9
[0988] Prepared the Click reagent solution: 0.0050M CuSO.sub.4 in PBS buffer solution: 10.0 mg CuSO.sub.4 was dissolved in 12.53 mL PBS, then took 6.00 mL this CuSO4 solution and added 64.8 mg BTTAA (CAS #1334179-85-9) and 297 mg sodium ascorbate to give the Click reagent solution (0.0050M CuSO4, 0.025M BTTAA and 0.25M sodium ascorbate).
[0989] To a solution of azido functionalized Fc (122.1 mg, 8.55 mL, 21.1 μmol, SEQ ID NO: 64, Example 2, DAR=3.9, in 25 mM MES, 150 mM NaCl, pH6.0 buffer) in a 15 mL centrifuge tube was added an alkyne derivatized small molecule (25.0 mg, 19.0 mmol, 3.0 equivalents for each azido on the Fc, described in Example 26, Int-22) in 1.5 mL of MES buffer. After gently agitating, the mixture was treated with the Click reagent solution (5.05 mL). The resulting mixture was gently rotated for 4 hours at ambient temperature. It was then purified by affinity chromatography over a protein A column, followed size exclusion chromatography (see general conjugate purification protocol). Maldi TOF analysis of the purified final product gave an average mass of 65,947 Da (DAR=3.4). Yield 50 mg/41%.
Example 28. Synthesis of Int-23
[0990] ##STR00482##
[0991] Step a.
##STR00483##
[0992] The aryl bromide starting material (previously described in Example 05, Int-2) (350 mg, 1.36 mmol) was added to the triazole ethyl ester (421 mg, 2.71 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) and stirred under nitrogen until fully dissolved, then dioxane (20 mL) was added followed by potassium carbonate (561, 4.07 mmol) and then trans-N,N-dimethylcyclohexane-diamine (38 mg, 027 mmol). The mixture was evacuated and purged with nitrogen (3×), then CuI (129 mg, 0.68 mmol) was added and the mixture was vacuum/purged again (3×) with nitrogen and stirred at 100° C. under 1 atm of nitrogen for 4 hours. The mixture was filtered, and concentrated. The crude product was purified by RPLC Isco COMBIFLASH® (15-95% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA, 30 min). The pure fractions were pooled and lyophilized to afford the ethyl ester product as a light brown solid. Ion found by LC/MS [M+H]+=554.2
[0993] The ester from the previous reaction was stirred in a 4/1 mixture of methanol/di water (5 mL) containing LiOH (97 mg, 4.1 mmol) for 1 hour. The pH was raised to pH-5 with glacial acetic acid and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in DMF (2 mL) and purified by RPLC Isco COMBIFLASH® (20-95% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA, 30 minute gradient). The pure fractions were pooled and lyophilized. Yield 375 mg, 52% for two steps. Ion found by LC/MS [M+H].sup.+=525.8.
[0994] Step b.
##STR00484##
[0995] HATU (71 mg, 0.19 mmol) was added to a stirring mixture of the triazole acid (90 mg, 0.17), described in step a of this example, tert-Butyl 4-(3-aminopropyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (46 mg, 0.19 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (110 mg, 0.86 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) and the reaction was stirred for 12 hours. The solvent was removed on the rotary evaporator and the mixture was purified reversed phase HPLC Isco COMBIFLASH® (20-95% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA, 30 minute gradient). The pure fractions were pooled and lyophilized. 85 mg were isolated. Ion found by LC/MS [M+H].sup.+=751.4.
[0996] The Boc protected intermediate was stirred in a 1/1 mixture of DCM/TFA (10 ml) at ambient temperature for 2 hours, concentrated on a rotary evaporator and purified by reversed phase HPLC Isco COMBIFLASH® (20-95% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA, 30 minute gradient). The pure fractions were pooled and lyophilized. Yield 67 mg, 45%, 2 steps Ion found by LC/MS [M+H].sup.+=651.2.
[0997] Step c.
##STR00485##
[0998] The intermediate from step b. of this example (90 mg, 0.41 mmol), propargyl peg4 mesylate (57 mg, 0.18 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (36 mg, 0.28 mmol) were stirred together in DMF (3 mL) at 80° C. for 12 hours. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporator and purified by reversed phase ACQ semi prep (20-95% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA, 30 minute gradient). The pure fractions were pooled and lyophilized. Yield 120 mg, 44%. Ion found by LC/MS [M+H].sup.+=865.4.
Example 29. Synthesis of Int-24
[0999] ##STR00486##
[1000] Step a.
##STR00487##
[1001] To the free base of 2-phenyl-2-(4-piperidylidene)ethanenitrile (see Example 05, Int-2, 0.28 g, 1.16 mmol) in methanol (12 mL) was added 5% Pd/C and H.sub.2 from a balloon. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours then filtered through a pad of Celite. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a light yellow solid. This material was used in the next step without further purification. Yield 0.12 g, 50.9%. Ion found by LCMS: [M+H]+=201.2
[1002] Step b.
##STR00488##
[1003] A solution of product from the previous step (0.88 g, 2.93 mmol, synthesis described in Org. Process Res. Dev. 2017, 21, 1145-1155), 2-phenyl-2-(4-piperidyl)ethanenitrile (0.65 g, 3.23 mmol), HATU (1.71 g, 4.40 mmol) in DMF (8.4 mL) was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 10 minutes followed by addition of DIEA (1.56 mL, 8.80 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours; it was quenched with water. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and filtered and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by normal phase liquid chromatography (Isco COMBIFLASH®, 0 to 100% ethyl acetate and hexane) to yield desired product as yellow foam. Yield 1.23 g, 87.3%. Ion found by LCMS: [M+H]+=481.0.
[1004] Step c.
##STR00489##
[1005] A solution of the product from the previous step (0.12 g, 0.25 mmol), PEG4 triazole (0.12 g, 0.37 mmol, described in Example 25, Int-20), K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (0.10 g, 0.75 mmol), water (0.22 mL, 12.47 mmol), CuI (14.5 mg, 0.075 mmol), trans-dimethylcyclohexyldiamine (28.9 mg, 0.20 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was degassed 6 times with N.sub.2, then the mixture was heated at 100° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (ACCQ, 10 to 45% of acetonitrile and water with 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 11.8 mg, 5.6%. Ion found by LCMS: [M+H]+=727.2.
Example 30. Synthesis of Int-25
[1006] ##STR00490## ##STR00491##
[1007] Step a.
[1008] To a 0° C. stirring solution of Fmoc-N-(tert-butyloxycarbonylmethyl)-glycine (2.00 g, 4.861 mmol), 2-azidoethan-1-amine hydrochloride (626 mg, 5.104 mmol) and DIPEA (3.387 mL, 19.44 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) and DCM (10 mL), was added HATU (1.885 mg, 4.958 mmol). The temperature was raised to ambient and stirring was continued until complete as determined by LCMS. All the volatiles were removed per vacuum techniques. The residue was purified by silica column using an Isco COMBIFLASH® liquid chromatography eluted with 0% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexanes. Yield 2.26 g, 97% yield. Ions found by LCMS: [(M+H−t-Bu)].sup.+=424.2.
[1009] Step b.
[1010] The product from step a (2.26 g, 4.713 mmol) was taken up in TEA (10 mL) and stirring was continued until the reaction was complete by LCMS. Volatiles were evaporated per vacuum techniques. The residue was purified by RP-C18 column using an Isco COMBIFLASH® liquid chromatography eluted with 0% to 100% water and methanol. Yield 990 mg, 45%. Ions found by LCMS: [(M+H)+Na]+=446.2; [(M+H]]+=424.2.
[1011] Step c.
[1012] To a 0° C. stirring solution of compound from step b (990 mg, 2.338 mmol), methyl-PEG12-amine (1.335 g, 2.385 mmol) and DIPEA (1.018 mL, 5.845 mmol) in DMF (5.0 mL) and DCM (5.0 mL), was added HATU (907 mg, 2.385 mmol). The temperature warmed to ambient and stirring was continued until the reaction was complete by LCMS. All volatiles were removed per vacuum techniques. The residue was purified by RP-C18 column using an Isco COMBIFLASH® liquid chromatography eluted with 0% to 100% water and methanol. Yield 1.704 g, 76%. Ions found by LCMS: [(M+H)]+=965.2, [(M+2H)/2]+=483.2.
[1013] Step d.
[1014] To a stirring solution of alkyne functionalized compound from Example 5, Int-2 (668 mg, 0.922 mmol), compound from step c (907 mg, 0.940 mmol), TBTA (51 mg, 0.097 mmol) and cupric sulfate (15 mg, 0.092 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) and water (5 mL), was added sodium ascorbate (91 mg, 0.460 mmol). The desired product was formed, and was confirmed by LCMS data: {[(M+H)+2Na]+=867.8; [(M+H)+Na]+=856.5; [(M+H]]+=845.4, [(M+2H)/2]+=563.8}. Upon completion, copper scavenger SiliaMetS TAAcONa (205 mg, loading 0.45 mmol/g) was added and stirring was continued overnight.
[1015] The mixture was filtered and rinsed with ethanol. The resulting solution (about 20 mL) was treated with piperidine (1.0 mL) to remove the Fmoc group. Upon completion, all the volatiles were removed per vacuum techniques. The residue was purified by RP-C18 column using an Isco COMBIFLASH® liquid chromatography eluted with 0% to 100% water and methanol. Yield 696 mg, 51%. Ions found by LCMS: [(M+H]]+=734.4, [(M+2H)/2]+=490.0.
[1016] Step e.
[1017] To a 0° C. stirring solution of product from step d (255 mg, 0.174 mmol), propargyl-PEG4-acid (68 mg, 0.261 mmol) and DIPEA (121 uL, 0.695 mmol) in DMF (5.0 mL) and DCM (0.5 mL), was added HATU (67 mg, 0.177 mmol). The temperature was raised to ambient and stirring was continued until complete by LCMS. All the volatiles were removed per vacuum techniques. The residue was purified by RP-C18 column using an Isco COMBIFLASH® liquid chromatography eluted with 0% to 100% water and methanol. Yield 157 mg, 53% yield. Ions found by LCMS: [(M+2H)/2]+=855.8; [(M+3H)/3]+=570.8.
Example 31. Synthesis of Int-26
[1018] ##STR00492##
[1019] Step a.
##STR00493##
[1020] Dibenzylpropylamine (2.0 g, 7.86 mmol), 3-bromopropanol (2.73 g, 19.66 mmol), and DIEA (4.11 mL, 23.6 mmol), were dissolved in ACN (10 mL), then heated in a 75° C. oil bath for 12 h. LCMS after 12 h shows mostly product. The crude reaction was concentrated and purified by RPLC 10% to 100% ACN/water with 0.1% TFA. Separation was poor. Yield of bis-TFA salt 4.57 g, 97%. Ion(s) observed by LCMS: (M+H).sup.+ 371.2.
[1021] Step b.
##STR00494##
[1022] Product from the previous step (5.16 g, 8.62 mmol), Pd(OH).sub.2 (2.0 g), and H.sub.2 from a balloon, were stirred for 2 h at room temperature, at which time LCMS showed complete conversion. The crude mixture was filtered through Celite, concentrated, and used in the next step without further purification. Yield 3.48 g, 96%. Ion(s) observed by LCMS: (M+H).sup.+ 191.2.
[1023] Step c.
##STR00495##
[1024] Product from the previous step (3.48 g, 8.33 mmol), Cbz-protected aldehyde (1.73 g, 8.33 mmol), STAB (1.76 g, 8.33 mmol), and DIEA (1.45 mL, 8.33 mmol), were stirred in THF (20 mL) and MeOH (5 mL) at room temperature for 12 h. The crude reaction was concentrated, and purified by RPLC 5% to 100% ACN/water with 0.1% TFA as a modifier. Yield 2.09 g. 42% for two steps. Ion(s) observed by LCMS: (M+H).sup.+ 382.3.
[1025] Step d.
##STR00496##
[1026] Product from the previous step (2.09 g, 3.43 mmol), propargyl-PEG4-mesylate (1.17 g, 3.77 mmol), and K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (1.89 g, 13.7 mmol), were stirred in acetonitrile (10 mL) at 70° C. for 72 h. LCMS at 72 h showed desired product and a significant amount of starting material. The crude reaction was filtered, acidified with TFA to pH 4-5, concentrated, and purified by RPLC 5% to 100% acetonitrile/water containing 0.1% TFA. 1.14 g of unreacted starting material was isolated along with 0.746 g of product (26% yield).
[1027] Step e.
##STR00497##
[1028] Cbz protected product from the previous step (0.700 g, 0.850 mmol), and thioanisole (2.51 mL, 21.2 mmol), dissolved in TFA (10 mL) were treated with TMS bromide at room temperature while stirring. LCMS after 2 minutes shows complete deprotection. The crude reaction was stripped of TFA, washed with hexanes (3×5 mL), and used without further purification. Crude yield of triple TFA salt was quantitative.
[1029] Step f.
##STR00498##
[1030] To a solution of triazole-acid intermediate (511 mg, 0.1 mmol, described in example 5, Int-2) and HATU (45.6 mg, 0.12 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (0.5 ml) was added 4-methylmorpholine (20.2 mg, 0.2 mmol). After stirring for 5 minutes, the solution was treated with a solution of propargyl-PEG linker from step e (160.7 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DMF (0.5 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour, then directly purified by HPLC (5% to 50% acetonitrile and water, 0.1% TFA). Yield 16.4 mg, 13.9%. Ions found by LCMS: [M+H].sup.+=954.8, [(M+2H)/2].sup.+=478.2.
Example 32. Synthesis of Int-27
[1031] ##STR00499##
[1032] Step a.
##STR00500##
[1033] A flame-dried reaction flask was purged with nitrogen and charged with 2-pyridylacetonitrile (590.5 mg, 5 mmol) and anhydrous THF (5 ml). After cooling in a −78° C. bath, NaHMDS (1.0 M in THF, 10 mmol) was added slowly. The resulting mixture was stirred for 5 minutes under nitrogen, and then treated with 1-Boc-piperidine-4-one (996 mg, 5 mmol). The −78° C. bath was removed, and the reaction was stirred for 2.5 hours. It was then quenched by 10% NH.sub.4Cl (50 ml) and extracted with EtOAc (50 ml)/hexane (20 ml). The aqueous layer was back extracted by EtOAc (30 ml). The combined organic layers were dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated by rotary evaporation. The residue was purified through silica gel column chromatography (120 g, 5% to 60% EtOAc and hexane). Yield 970 mg, 64.8%. Ion found by LCMS: [M+H].sup.+=300.2.
[1034] Step b.
##STR00501##
[1035] The product from step a (970 mg, 3.24 mmol) was dissolved in THF (5 ml) and treated with 4M HCl solution in dioxane (5 ml). The mixture was heated at 40° C. for 5 hours. The mixture was then concentrated by rotary evaporation, and excess HCl was further removed by precipitating the product in EtOAc (50 ml). The crude product was used without further purification. Ion found by LCMS: [M+H].sup.+=200.2.
[1036] Step c.
##STR00502##
[1037] To a solution of bromo aza-indole (299.1 mg, 1 mmol, described in J. Med. Chem. 2018, 61(1):62-80) in anhydrous DMF (1 ml) was added dioxane (2 ml), methyl 1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate (381.3 mg, 3 mmol), K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (414.6 mg, 4 mmol), and anhydrous EtOH (4 ml). The resulting mixture was heated at 75° C. with nitrogen was bubbling through slowly. Trans-N,N′-dimethylcyclohexane-1,2-diamine (284.5 mg, 2 mmol) was added. Nitrogen was continued bubbling until all forming gas disappeared (˜3 minutes). CuI (390 mg, 2 mmol) was added, and the reaction was heated under nitrogen overnight. The solution was then cooled to room temperature and filtered through Celite into HCl solution (2 ml of 6N HCl and 20 ml water). The solid was washed with MeOH (20 ml). The filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation to solid. The residue was re-dissolved in MeOH, and the salt was filtered off. After concentrating, the crude product was purified by prep-HPLC (0% to 40% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 64.7 mg, 18%. Ion found by LCMS″ [M+H].sup.+=360.0
[1038] Step d.
##STR00503##
[1039] To a solution of the product from step c (64.7 mg, 0.18 mmol) and the product from step c (63.6 mg, 0.27 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 ml), was added HATU (83.6 mg, 0.22 mmol). After stirring to dissolve all HATU reagent, DIPEA (48.5 mg, 0.375 mmol) was added, and the reaction was stirred for 30 minutes. It was then directly purified by RPLC (50 g column, 10% to 100% acetonitrile and water, using, 0.1% TFA as a modifier). Yield 80 mg, 82.2%. Ion found by LCMS: {M+H].sup.+=540.8.
[1040] Step e.
##STR00504##
[1041] The product from step d (80 mg, 0.148 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH:DCM (1:1, 2 ml) and cooled in an ice-water bath. 1 M LiOH solution (0.592 ml) and water (1 ml) were added. The reaction was stirred for 4 hours, then acidified by 4N HCl solution in dioxane (0.148 ml). The organic solvents were removed by rotary evaporation. The remaining aqueous layer was frozen and lyophilized. The crude product containing 4 eq NaCl was carried to the next step without further purification. Ion found by LCMS: [M+H].sup.+=513.2.
[1042] Step f.
##STR00505##
[1043] To a solution of the step-e product (33.5 mg, 0.0449 mmol) and HATU (21.4 mg, 0.0562 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 ml) was added the PEG-piperazine linker (27.6 mg, 0.07 mmol, described in Example 5, Int-2) and 4-methylmorpholine (50.5 mg, 0.5 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, then directly purified by HPLC: 0% to 40% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as a modifier. Yield 26.3 mg, 54.2%. Ions found by LCMS: [M+H].sup.+=851.8, [(M+2H)/2].sup.+=426.4.
Example 33. Screening of HIV Lead Compounds in an In Vitro Cell Fusion Assay
[1044] Activity of HIV compounds was determined in an assay designed to measure the inhibition of cell-cell fusion mediated by gp120 and CD4 interaction which is an important step in the HIV infection process. Briefly, this assay measures the fusion of two cell lines, HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal (catalog #1294) and HL2/3 cells (catalog #1299), obtained from the AIDS Research Reagent and Reference Program (Rockville, Md.). HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal cells were plated at a density of 5×10.sup.3 cells per well in a volume of 50 μL, with 50 μL of nine serial half-logarithmic dilutions of compound in triplicate for one hour at 37° C./5% CO.sub.2. Following the incubation, 100 μL of HL2/3 cells were added to the plates. The cultures were incubated for an additional 48 hours at 37° C./5% CO.sub.2. Following the incubation, efficacy plates were evaluated for β-galactosidase production using a chemiluminescent substrate and toxicity plates were stained with XTT to evaluate cell viability.
[1045] In these studies cytotoxicity was also evaluated (TC.sub.50). Test materials were derived by measuring the reduction of the tetrazolium dye XTT (2,3-bis(2-methoxy-4-nitro-5-sulfophenyl)-5-[(phenylamino)carbonyl]-2H-tetrazolium hydroxide). XTT in metabolically active cells is metabolized by the mitochondrial enzyme NADPH oxidase to a soluble formazan product. XTT solution was prepared daily as a stock of 1 mg/mL in RPMI-1640 without additives. Phenazine methosulfate (PMS) solution was prepared at 0.15 mg/mL in DPBS and stored in the dark at −20° C. XTT/PMS stock was prepared immediately before use by adding 40 μL of PMS per mL of XTT solution. Fifty L (50 μL) of XTT/PMS was added to each well of the plate and the plate incubated for 4 hours at 37° C. The 4 hour incubation has been empirically determined to be within the linear response range for XTT dye reduction with the indicated numbers of cells for each assay. The plates were sealed and inverted several times to mix the soluble formazan product and the plate was read at 450 nm (650 nm reference wavelength) with a Molecular Devices SpectraMax Plus 384 96 well plate format spectrophotometer.
[1046] In this assay 7 Ints and 5 conjugates were run in with 2 control compounds (Chicago Sky Blue (CSB) and Enfuvirtide) know to prevent cell fusion mediated by binding of viral gp120 to the host cell receptor (CD4). CSB and Enfuvirtide had EC.sub.50 values of 201 and 409 nM, indicating moderate inhibition of cell fusion. In contrast, the 7 Ints ranged from 1.56 to 72.8 nM. Collectively, the Ints tested in this assay have significantly more activity than Enfuvirtide, an approved HIV therapeutic. Importantly, conjugate 5 was highly potent with an EC50 value of 3.62 nM. With the exception of conjugate 014 (EC50 value of 406 nM) the other AVCs were >500 nM. However, it is worth noting that although the EC50 for these compounds was greater than 500 nM a signal was detected at this concentration, suggesting the true value is not much higher than 500 nM. Most critically is the observation that at least one of these chemical series could be conjugated to an hIgG1 Fc and retain potent activity (Int-17 conjugate, conjugate 5). Lastly, no test articles showed cytotoxicity at the concentrations tested in this study.
TABLE-US-00012 TABLE 7 Activity of lead compounds in a cell fusion assay (EC50) and cytotoxicity (TC50). Test article EC50 (nM) TC50 (nM) (Tox) Chicago Sky Blue 201 >10,000 Enfuvirtide 409 >1,000 Int-17 1.7 >500 Int-18 1.56 >500 Int-19 8.03 >500 Int-20 72.8 >500 Int-22 4.94 >500 Int-25 43.1 >500 Conjugate 5 3.62 498 Conjugate 9 >500 >500 Conjugate 10 >500 >500 Conjugate 11 >500 >500 Conjugate 12 406 >500
Example 34. Synthesis of a Conjugate Including an Fc Domain Having a C220S/YTE Quadruple Mutation
[1047] Preparation of the Click reagent solution: 0.0050M CuSO.sub.4 in PBS buffer solution: 10.0 mg CuSO4 was dissolved in 12.53 mL PBS, then took 5.00 mL this CuSO.sub.4 solution and added 43.1 mg BTTAA (CAS #1334179-85-9) and 247.5 mg sodium ascorbate to give the Click reagent solution (0.0050M CuSO4, 0.020M BTTAA and 0.25M sodium ascorbate).
[1048] To a solution of azido functionalized Fc having a C220S mutation and a YTE mutation (65.5 mg, 10.0 mL, 1.13 μmol, azido DAR-5.9, SEQ ID NO: 67) in a 15 mL centrifuge tube was added to an alkyne derivatized small molecule (3.0 equivalents per each azido of the Fc). After gently agitating to dissolve all solids, the mixture was treated with the Click reagent solution (1.80 mL). The resulting mixture was gently rotated for 12 hours at ambient temperature. It was purified by affinity chromatography over a protein A column, followed size exclusion chromatography (see general conjugate purification protocol). Maldi TOF analysis of the purified final product gave an average mass of 66,420 Da (DAR=5.8). Yield 57 mg with 98% purity.
Example 35. 30-Day Comparative Non-Human Primate PK Study Following IV Administration of a Conjugate Including an Fc Domain Having a C220S/YTE Quadruple Mutant
[1049] A conjugate including an Fc domain having a C220S mutation and a YTE mutation (SEQ ID NO: 67) was synthesized as described in Example 34. A non-human primate PK study was performed to compare IV administration of the C220S/YTE Fc conjugate (SEQ ID NO: 67) to a conjugate including an Fc domain having a C220S mutation alone (SEQ ID NO: 64).
[1050] Non-human primate (NHP) PK studies were performed by BTS Research (San Diego, Calif.) using male and female cynomolgus monkeys 5-9 years old with body weights ranging from 3.5-8.5 kg. NHPs were injected IV with 2 mg/kg of test article (0.4 mL/kg dose volume). Animals were housed under standard IACUC approved housing conditions. At appropriate times animals were non-terminally bled (via femoral or cephalic veins) with blood collected in K.sub.2EDTA tubes to prevent coagulation. Collected blood was centrifuged (2,000×g, for 10 minutes) and plasma withdrawn for analysis of test article concentrations over time. The plasma concentrations for the C220S/YTE Fc conjugate and the C220S conjugate at each time point were measured by sandwich ELISA. Briefly, test articles were captured on Fc-coated plates and then detected using a HRP-conjugated anti-human IgG-Fc antibody. Protein concentrations were calculated in GraphPad Prism using 4PL non-linear regression of the C220S/YTE Fc conjugate or C220S conjugate standard curves. A more detailed method description is provided above. The corresponding curves are shown in
TABLE-US-00013 TABLE 8 Monkey PK, C220S/YTE Fc conjugate vs. C220S Fc conjugate Time (hr) 0.25 4 8 24 72 120 Dose Conc (mg/kg) Route Conjugate (ug/mL) 2 IV C220S Mean 32.6 24.8 20.1 14.1 9.97 7.61 2 IV C220S/YTE Mean 35.4 29 25.7 20.5 15.1 13 Time (hr) 168 240 336 672 Conc Tmax Cmax AUClast Half-life (ug/mL) (hr) (ug/mL) (hr*ug/mL) (hr) 6.33 4.47 3.62 1.47 0.25 32.6 3450 249 11.2 10.4 8.71 7.97 0.25 35.4 7210 1080
Example 36. Screening of HIV Compounds in an In Vitro Cell Fusion Assay
[1051] Activity of HIV compounds was determined in an assay designed to measure the inhibition of cell-cell fusion mediated by gp120 and CD4 interaction which is an important step in the HIV infection process. Briefly, this assay measures the fusion of two cell lines, HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal (catalog #1294) and HL2/3 cells (catalog #1299), obtained from the AIDS Research Reagent and Reference Program (Rockville, Md.). HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal cells were plated at a density of 5×10.sup.3 cells per well in a volume of 50 μL, with 50 μL of nine serial half-logarithmic dilutions of compound in triplicate for one hour at 37° C./5% CO.sub.2. Following the incubation, 100 μL of HL2/3 cells were added to the plates. The cultures were incubated for an additional 48 hours at 37° C./5% CO.sub.2. Following the incubation, efficacy plates were evaluated for β-galactosidase production using a chemiluminescent substrate and toxicity plates were stained with XTT to evaluate cell viability.
[1052] In these studies, cytotoxicity was also evaluated (TC50). Test materials were derived by measuring the reduction of the tetrazolium dye XTT (2,3-bis(2-methoxy-4-nitro-5-sulfophenyl)-5-[(phenylamino)carbonyl]-2H-tetrazolium hydroxide). XTT in metabolically active cells is metabolized by the mitochondrial enzyme NADPH oxidase to a soluble formazan product. XTT solution was prepared daily as a stock of 1 mg/mL in RPMI-1640 without additives. Phenazine methosulfate (PMS) solution was prepared at 0.15 mg/mL in DPBS and stored in the dark at −20° C. XTT/PMS stock was prepared immediately before use by adding 40 μL of PMS per mL of XTT solution. Fifty μL (50 μL) of XTT/PMS was added to each well of the plate and the plate incubated for 4 hours at 37° C. The 4 hour incubation has been empirically determined to be within the linear response range for XTT dye reduction with the indicated numbers of cells for each assay. The plates were sealed and inverted several times to mix the soluble formazan product and the plate was read at 450 nm (650 nm reference wavelength) with a Molecular Devices SpectraMax Plus 384 96 well plate format spectrophotometer.
[1053] In this assay 5 Ints and 4 conjugates were run with 2 control compounds (Chicago Sky Blue (CSB) and Enfuvirtide) know to prevent cell fusion mediated by binding of viral gp120 to the host cell receptor (CD4). CSB and Enfuvirtide had EC.sub.50 values of 781 and 358 nM, indicating moderate inhibition of cell fusion. In contrast, the 5 Ints tested ranged from <0.0051 to 70.1 nM. Collectively, the Ints tested in this assay show significantly more activity than Enfuvirtide, an approved HIV therapeutic. The four conjugates also demonstrated acceptable activity with the exception of Conjugate 14.
[1054] Lastly, no test articles showed cytotoxicity at the concentrations tested in this study.
TABLE-US-00014 TABLE 9 Activity of lead compounds in a cell fusion assay (EC50) and cytotoxicity (TC50) Therapeutic COMPOUND EC.sub.50 (nM) TC.sub.50 Index (TI) Chicago Sky Blue 781 >10,000 >12.8 (ng/mL) Enfuvirtide 358 >1,000 >2.8 Int-18 <0.0051 >2000 >392,157 Int-22 0.732 >2000 >2732 Int-25 70.1 >2000 >28.5 Int-26 7.6 >2000 >263 Int-27 20.8 >2000 >96.2 Conjugate 9 795 >2000 >2.5 Conjugate 12 746 >2000 >2.7 Conjugate 13 345 >2000 >5.8 Conjugate 14 >2000 >2000 N.D.